/* ELF executable support for BFD.
- Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Fred Fish @ Cygnus Support, from information published
in "UNIX System V Release 4, Programmers Guide: ANSI C and
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
-
/* Problems and other issues to resolve.
(1) BFD expects there to be some fixed number of "sections" in
section header table is missing, then gdb should probably try
to make do with the program header table. (FIXME)
-*/
+ (2) The code in this file is compiled twice, once in 32-bit mode and
+ once in 64-bit mode. More of it should be made size-independent
+ and moved into elf.c.
+
+ (3) ELF section symbols are handled rather sloppily now. This should
+ be cleaned up, and ELF section symbols reconciled with BFD section
+ symbols.
+ */
#include <string.h> /* For strrchr and friends */
#include "bfd.h"
#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
#include "libbfd.h"
#include "libelf.h"
+/* Renaming structures, typedefs, macros and functions to be size-specific. */
#define Elf_External_Ehdr NAME(Elf,External_Ehdr)
#define Elf_External_Sym NAME(Elf,External_Sym)
#define Elf_External_Shdr NAME(Elf,External_Shdr)
#define Elf_External_Phdr NAME(Elf,External_Phdr)
#define Elf_External_Rel NAME(Elf,External_Rel)
#define Elf_External_Rela NAME(Elf,External_Rela)
-
-#define elf_symbol_type NAME(elf,symbol_type)
+#define Elf_External_Dyn NAME(Elf,External_Dyn)
#define elf_core_file_failing_command NAME(bfd_elf,core_file_failing_command)
#define elf_core_file_failing_signal NAME(bfd_elf,core_file_failing_signal)
-#define elf_core_file_matches_executable_p NAME(bfd_elf,core_file_matches_executable_p)
+#define elf_core_file_matches_executable_p \
+ NAME(bfd_elf,core_file_matches_executable_p)
#define elf_object_p NAME(bfd_elf,object_p)
#define elf_core_file_p NAME(bfd_elf,core_file_p)
-#define elf_mkobject NAME(bfd_elf,mkobject)
-#define elf_write_object_contents NAME(bfd_elf,write_object_contents)
#define elf_get_symtab_upper_bound NAME(bfd_elf,get_symtab_upper_bound)
+#define elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound \
+ NAME(bfd_elf,get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound)
+#define elf_swap_reloc_in NAME(bfd_elf,swap_reloc_in)
+#define elf_swap_reloca_in NAME(bfd_elf,swap_reloca_in)
+#define elf_swap_reloc_out NAME(bfd_elf,swap_reloc_out)
+#define elf_swap_reloca_out NAME(bfd_elf,swap_reloca_out)
+#define elf_swap_dyn_in NAME(bfd_elf,swap_dyn_in)
+#define elf_swap_dyn_out NAME(bfd_elf,swap_dyn_out)
#define elf_get_reloc_upper_bound NAME(bfd_elf,get_reloc_upper_bound)
#define elf_canonicalize_reloc NAME(bfd_elf,canonicalize_reloc)
#define elf_get_symtab NAME(bfd_elf,get_symtab)
+#define elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab \
+ NAME(bfd_elf,canonicalize_dynamic_symtab)
#define elf_make_empty_symbol NAME(bfd_elf,make_empty_symbol)
#define elf_get_symbol_info NAME(bfd_elf,get_symbol_info)
#define elf_print_symbol NAME(bfd_elf,print_symbol)
#define elf_set_section_contents NAME(bfd_elf,set_section_contents)
#define elf_no_info_to_howto NAME(bfd_elf,no_info_to_howto)
#define elf_no_info_to_howto_rel NAME(bfd_elf,no_info_to_howto_rel)
-#define elf_get_sect_thunk NAME(bfd_elf,get_sect_thunk)
-#define elf_hash NAME(bfd_elf,hash)
#define elf_new_section_hook NAME(bfd_elf,new_section_hook)
+#define write_relocs NAME(bfd_elf,_write_relocs)
+#define elf_find_section NAME(bfd_elf,find_section)
+#define elf_bfd_link_add_symbols NAME(bfd_elf,bfd_link_add_symbols)
+#define elf_add_dynamic_entry NAME(bfd_elf,add_dynamic_entry)
+#define elf_bfd_final_link NAME(bfd_elf,bfd_final_link)
-
-#ifdef HAVE_PROCFS /* Some core file support requires host /proc files */
-#include <sys/procfs.h>
-#else
-#define bfd_prstatus(abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) /* Define away */
-#define bfd_fpregset(abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) /* Define away */
-#define bfd_prpsinfo(abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) /* Define away */
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INLINE
-#if __GNUC__ >= 2
-#define INLINE __inline__
-#else
-#define INLINE
+#if ARCH_SIZE == 64
+#define ELF_R_INFO(X,Y) ELF64_R_INFO(X,Y)
+#define ELF_R_SYM(X) ELF64_R_SYM(X)
+#define ELF_R_TYPE(X) ELF64_R_TYPE(X)
+#define ELFCLASS ELFCLASS64
+#define FILE_ALIGN 8
+#define LOG_FILE_ALIGN 3
#endif
+#if ARCH_SIZE == 32
+#define ELF_R_INFO(X,Y) ELF32_R_INFO(X,Y)
+#define ELF_R_SYM(X) ELF32_R_SYM(X)
+#define ELF_R_TYPE(X) ELF32_R_TYPE(X)
+#define ELFCLASS ELFCLASS32
+#define FILE_ALIGN 4
+#define LOG_FILE_ALIGN 2
#endif
/* Forward declarations of static functions */
-static char * elf_read PARAMS ((bfd *, long, int));
-
-static struct sec * section_from_elf_index PARAMS ((bfd *, int));
+static unsigned long bfd_add_to_strtab
+ PARAMS ((bfd *, struct strtab *, const char *));
+static asection *section_from_elf_index PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int));
static int elf_section_from_bfd_section PARAMS ((bfd *, struct sec *));
-static boolean elf_slurp_symbol_table PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **));
-
-static char * elf_get_str_section PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int));
+static long elf_slurp_symbol_table PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **, boolean));
static int elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *,
- struct symbol_cache_entry **));
+ struct symbol_cache_entry **));
+
+static boolean elf_compute_section_file_positions
+ PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+static boolean prep_headers PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean assign_section_numbers PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static file_ptr align_file_position PARAMS ((file_ptr));
+static file_ptr assign_file_position_for_section
+ PARAMS ((Elf_Internal_Shdr *, file_ptr, boolean));
+static boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean));
+static void assign_file_positions_for_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static bfd_size_type get_program_header_size PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static file_ptr map_program_segments
+ PARAMS ((bfd *, file_ptr, Elf_Internal_Shdr *, bfd_size_type));
+
+static boolean elf_map_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean swap_out_syms PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+static boolean bfd_section_from_shdr PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int shindex));
-static void elf_map_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *));
-
-/* Some private data is stashed away for future use using the tdata pointer
- in the bfd structure. */
-
-struct elf_obj_tdata
-{
- Elf_Internal_Ehdr elf_header[1]; /* Actual data, but ref like ptr */
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *elf_sect_ptr;
- struct strtab *strtab_ptr;
- int symtab_section;
- int num_locals;
- int num_globals;
- int *symtab_map;
- void *prstatus; /* The raw /proc prstatus structure */
- void *prpsinfo; /* The raw /proc prpsinfo structure */
- Elf_External_Sym *raw_syms;
- Elf_Internal_Sym *internal_syms;
- elf_symbol_type *symbols;
-};
+#ifdef DEBUG
+static void elf_debug_section PARAMS ((char *, int, Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
+static void elf_debug_file PARAMS ((Elf_Internal_Ehdr *));
+#endif
-#define elf_tdata(bfd) ((bfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)
-#define elf_elfheader(bfd) (elf_tdata(bfd) -> elf_header)
-#define elf_elfsections(bfd) (elf_tdata(bfd) -> elf_sect_ptr)
-#define elf_shstrtab(bfd) (elf_tdata(bfd) -> strtab_ptr)
-#define elf_onesymtab(bfd) (elf_tdata(bfd) -> symtab_section)
-#define elf_num_locals(bfd) (elf_tdata(bfd) -> num_locals)
-#define elf_num_globals(bfd) (elf_tdata(bfd) -> num_globals)
-#define elf_symtab_map(bfd) (elf_tdata(bfd) -> symtab_map)
-#define core_prpsinfo(bfd) (elf_tdata(bfd) -> prpsinfo)
-#define core_prstatus(bfd) (elf_tdata(bfd) -> prstatus)
-#define obj_symbols(bfd) (elf_tdata(bfd) -> symbols)
-#define obj_raw_syms(bfd) (elf_tdata(bfd) -> raw_syms)
-#define obj_internal_syms(bfd) (elf_tdata(bfd) -> internal_syms)
+#define elf_string_from_elf_strtab(abfd,strindex) \
+ elf_string_from_elf_section(abfd,elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx,strindex)
+\f
+/* Structure swapping routines */
+/* Should perhaps use put_offset, put_word, etc. For now, the two versions
+ can be handled by explicitly specifying 32 bits or "the long type". */
#if ARCH_SIZE == 64
#define put_word bfd_h_put_64
#define get_word bfd_h_get_64
format. */
static void
-DEFUN (elf_swap_symbol_in, (abfd, src, dst),
- bfd * abfd AND
- Elf_External_Sym * src AND
- Elf_Internal_Sym * dst)
+elf_swap_symbol_in (abfd, src, dst)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ Elf_External_Sym *src;
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *dst;
{
dst->st_name = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->st_name);
dst->st_value = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->st_value);
format. */
static void
-DEFUN (elf_swap_symbol_out, (abfd, src, dst),
- bfd * abfd AND
- Elf_Internal_Sym * src AND
- Elf_External_Sym * dst)
+elf_swap_symbol_out (abfd, src, dst)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *src;
+ Elf_External_Sym *dst;
{
bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->st_name, dst->st_name);
put_word (abfd, src->st_value, dst->st_value);
internal format. */
static void
-DEFUN (elf_swap_ehdr_in, (abfd, src, dst),
- bfd * abfd AND
- Elf_External_Ehdr * src AND
- Elf_Internal_Ehdr * dst)
+elf_swap_ehdr_in (abfd, src, dst)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ Elf_External_Ehdr *src;
+ Elf_Internal_Ehdr *dst;
{
memcpy (dst->e_ident, src->e_ident, EI_NIDENT);
dst->e_type = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_type);
external format. */
static void
-DEFUN (elf_swap_ehdr_out, (abfd, src, dst),
- bfd * abfd AND
- Elf_Internal_Ehdr * src AND
- Elf_External_Ehdr * dst)
+elf_swap_ehdr_out (abfd, src, dst)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ Elf_Internal_Ehdr *src;
+ Elf_External_Ehdr *dst;
{
memcpy (dst->e_ident, src->e_ident, EI_NIDENT);
/* note that all elements of dst are *arrays of unsigned char* already... */
ELF section header table entry in internal format. */
static void
-DEFUN (elf_swap_shdr_in, (abfd, src, dst),
- bfd * abfd AND
- Elf_External_Shdr * src AND
- Elf_Internal_Shdr * dst)
+elf_swap_shdr_in (abfd, src, dst)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ Elf_External_Shdr *src;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *dst;
{
dst->sh_name = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_name);
dst->sh_type = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_type);
ELF section header table entry in external format. */
static void
-DEFUN (elf_swap_shdr_out, (abfd, src, dst),
- bfd * abfd AND
- Elf_Internal_Shdr * src AND
- Elf_External_Shdr * dst)
+elf_swap_shdr_out (abfd, src, dst)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *src;
+ Elf_External_Shdr *dst;
{
/* note that all elements of dst are *arrays of unsigned char* already... */
bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->sh_name, dst->sh_name);
ELF program header table entry in internal format. */
static void
-DEFUN (elf_swap_phdr_in, (abfd, src, dst),
- bfd * abfd AND
- Elf_External_Phdr * src AND
- Elf_Internal_Phdr * dst)
+elf_swap_phdr_in (abfd, src, dst)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ Elf_External_Phdr *src;
+ Elf_Internal_Phdr *dst;
{
dst->p_type = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_type);
dst->p_flags = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_flags);
dst->p_align = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_align);
}
-/* ... */
-
static void
-DEFUN (elf_swap_phdr_out, (abfd, src, dst),
- bfd * abfd AND
- Elf_Internal_Phdr * src AND
- Elf_External_Phdr * dst)
+elf_swap_phdr_out (abfd, src, dst)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ Elf_Internal_Phdr *src;
+ Elf_External_Phdr *dst;
{
/* note that all elements of dst are *arrays of unsigned char* already... */
bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->p_type, dst->p_type);
}
/* Translate an ELF reloc from external format to internal format. */
-static void
-DEFUN (elf_swap_reloc_in, (abfd, src, dst),
- bfd * abfd AND
- Elf_External_Rel * src AND
- Elf_Internal_Rel * dst)
+INLINE void
+elf_swap_reloc_in (abfd, src, dst)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ Elf_External_Rel *src;
+ Elf_Internal_Rel *dst;
{
dst->r_offset = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->r_offset);
dst->r_info = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->r_info);
}
-static void
-DEFUN (elf_swap_reloca_in, (abfd, src, dst),
- bfd * abfd AND
- Elf_External_Rela * src AND
- Elf_Internal_Rela * dst)
+INLINE void
+elf_swap_reloca_in (abfd, src, dst)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ Elf_External_Rela *src;
+ Elf_Internal_Rela *dst;
{
dst->r_offset = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->r_offset);
dst->r_info = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->r_info);
}
/* Translate an ELF reloc from internal format to external format. */
-static void
-DEFUN (elf_swap_reloc_out, (abfd, src, dst),
- bfd * abfd AND
- Elf_Internal_Rel * src AND
- Elf_External_Rel * dst)
+INLINE void
+elf_swap_reloc_out (abfd, src, dst)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ Elf_Internal_Rel *src;
+ Elf_External_Rel *dst;
{
put_word (abfd, src->r_offset, dst->r_offset);
put_word (abfd, src->r_info, dst->r_info);
}
-static void
-DEFUN (elf_swap_reloca_out, (abfd, src, dst),
- bfd * abfd AND
- Elf_Internal_Rela * src AND
- Elf_External_Rela * dst)
+INLINE void
+elf_swap_reloca_out (abfd, src, dst)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ Elf_Internal_Rela *src;
+ Elf_External_Rela *dst;
{
put_word (abfd, src->r_offset, dst->r_offset);
put_word (abfd, src->r_info, dst->r_info);
put_word (abfd, src->r_addend, dst->r_addend);
}
-/*
-INTERNAL_FUNCTION
- bfd_elf_find_section
-
-SYNOPSIS
- struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf32_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
-
-DESCRIPTION
- Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
- Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
- internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
- isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
- mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
-*/
-
-struct elf_internal_shdr *
-DEFUN (NAME (bfd_elf,find_section), (abfd, name),
- bfd * abfd AND
- char *name)
+INLINE void
+elf_swap_dyn_in (abfd, src, dst)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ const Elf_External_Dyn *src;
+ Elf_Internal_Dyn *dst;
{
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *gotit = NULL;
- char *shstrtab;
- unsigned int max;
- unsigned int i;
-
- i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
- if (i_shdrp != NULL)
- {
- shstrtab = elf_get_str_section (abfd, elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx);
- if (shstrtab != NULL)
- {
- max = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum;
- for (i = 1; i < max; i++)
- {
- if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i].sh_name], name))
- {
- gotit = &i_shdrp[i];
- }
- }
- }
- }
- return gotit;
+ dst->d_tag = get_word (abfd, src->d_tag);
+ dst->d_un.d_val = get_word (abfd, src->d_un.d_val);
}
-/* End of GDB support. */
+INLINE void
+elf_swap_dyn_out (abfd, src, dst)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ const Elf_Internal_Dyn *src;
+ Elf_External_Dyn *dst;
+{
+ put_word (abfd, src->d_tag, dst->d_tag);
+ put_word (abfd, src->d_un.d_val, dst->d_un.d_val);
+}
+\f
+/* String table creation/manipulation routines */
-static char *
-DEFUN (elf_get_str_section, (abfd, shindex),
- bfd * abfd AND
- unsigned int shindex)
+static struct strtab *
+bfd_new_strtab (abfd)
+ bfd *abfd;
{
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp;
- char *shstrtab = NULL;
- unsigned int offset;
- unsigned int shstrtabsize;
+ struct strtab *ss;
- i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
- if (i_shdrp != NULL)
+ ss = (struct strtab *) malloc (sizeof (struct strtab));
+ if (!ss)
{
- shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex].rawdata;
- if (shstrtab == NULL)
- {
- /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
- offset = i_shdrp[shindex].sh_offset;
- shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex].sh_size;
- shstrtab = elf_read (abfd, offset, shstrtabsize);
- i_shdrp[shindex].rawdata = (void *) shstrtab;
- }
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ ss->tab = malloc (1);
+ if (!ss->tab)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return NULL;
}
- return shstrtab;
+ *ss->tab = 0;
+ ss->nentries = 0;
+ ss->length = 1;
+
+ return ss;
}
-static char *
-DEFUN (elf_string_from_elf_section, (abfd, shindex, strindex),
- bfd * abfd AND
- unsigned int shindex AND
- unsigned int strindex)
+static unsigned long
+bfd_add_to_strtab (abfd, ss, str)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ struct strtab *ss;
+ const char *str;
{
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
-
- if (strindex == 0)
- return "";
+ /* should search first, but for now: */
+ /* include the trailing NUL */
+ int ln = strlen (str) + 1;
- hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) + shindex;
+ /* FIXME: This is slow. Also, we could combine this with the a.out
+ string table building and use a hash table, although it might not
+ be worth it since ELF symbols don't include debugging information
+ and thus have much less overlap. */
+ ss->tab = realloc (ss->tab, ss->length + ln);
+ if (ss->tab == NULL)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return (unsigned long) -1;
+ }
- if (!hdr->rawdata
- && elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
- return NULL;
+ strcpy (ss->tab + ss->length, str);
+ ss->nentries++;
+ ss->length += ln;
- return ((char *) hdr->rawdata) + strindex;
+ return ss->length - ln;
}
-static INLINE char *
-elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, strindex)
+static int
+bfd_add_2_to_strtab (abfd, ss, str, str2)
bfd *abfd;
- int strindex;
+ struct strtab *ss;
+ char *str;
+ CONST char *str2;
{
- return elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx,
- strindex);
+ /* should search first, but for now: */
+ /* include the trailing NUL */
+ int ln = strlen (str) + strlen (str2) + 1;
+
+ /* should this be using obstacks? */
+ if (ss->length)
+ ss->tab = realloc (ss->tab, ss->length + ln);
+ else
+ ss->tab = malloc (ln);
+
+ BFD_ASSERT (ss->tab != 0); /* FIXME */
+ strcpy (ss->tab + ss->length, str);
+ strcpy (ss->tab + ss->length + strlen (str), str2);
+ ss->nentries++;
+ ss->length += ln;
+
+ return ss->length - ln;
}
+\f
+/* ELF .o/exec file reading */
/* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
static boolean
-DEFUN (bfd_section_from_shdr, (abfd, shindex),
- bfd * abfd AND
- unsigned int shindex)
+bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, shindex)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ unsigned int shindex;
{
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = i_shdrp + shindex;
- asection *newsect;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
+ Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
char *name;
name = elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, hdr->sh_name);
switch (hdr->sh_type)
{
-
case SHT_NULL:
- /* inactive section. Throw it away. */
+ /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
return true;
- case SHT_PROGBITS:
- /* Bits that get saved. This one is real. */
- if (!hdr->rawdata)
- {
- newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
- if (newsect != NULL)
- {
- newsect->vma = hdr->sh_addr;
- newsect->_raw_size = hdr->sh_size;
- newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset; /* so we can read back the bits */
- newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
- newsect->alignment_power = hdr->sh_addralign;
-
- if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC)
- {
- newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
- newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
- }
+ case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
+ case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
+ case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
+ return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
- if (!(hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE))
- newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
-
- if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR)
- newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; /* FIXME: may only contain SOME code */
- else
- newsect->flags |= SEC_DATA;
+ case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
+ if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
+ return true;
- hdr->rawdata = (void *) newsect;
- }
- else
- hdr->rawdata = (void *) bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
- }
+ BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Sym));
+ BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
+ elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
+ elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
+ abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
return true;
- case SHT_NOBITS:
- /* Bits that get saved. This one is real. */
- if (!hdr->rawdata)
- {
- newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
- if (newsect != NULL)
- {
- newsect->vma = hdr->sh_addr;
- newsect->_raw_size = hdr->sh_size;
- newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset; /* fake */
- newsect->alignment_power = hdr->sh_addralign;
- if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC)
- newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
-
- if (!(hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE))
- newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
-
- if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR)
- newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; /* FIXME: may only contain SOME code */
- else
- newsect->flags |= SEC_DATA;
-
- hdr->rawdata = (void *) newsect;
- }
- }
- return true;
+ case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
+ if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
+ return true;
- case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Sym));
- elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
+ BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
+ elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
+ elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
return true;
case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
- if (!strcmp (name, ".strtab") || !strcmp (name, ".shstrtab"))
+ if (hdr->rawdata != NULL)
return true;
-
- if (!hdr->rawdata)
+ if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
{
- newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
- if (newsect)
- newsect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
+ elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
+ hdr->rawdata = (PTR) & elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
+ return true;
}
+ {
+ unsigned int i;
- return true;
+ for (i = 1; i < ehdr->e_shnum; i++)
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
+ if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
+ {
+ if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
+ return false;
+ if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
+ {
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
+ elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
+ return true;
+ }
+ if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
+ {
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
+ elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
+ return true;
+ }
+#if 0 /* Not handling other string tables specially right now. */
+ hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; /* in case it moved */
+ /* We have a strtab for some random other section. */
+ newsect = (asection *) hdr2->rawdata;
+ if (!newsect)
+ break;
+ hdr->rawdata = (PTR) newsect;
+ hdr2 = &elf_section_data (newsect)->str_hdr;
+ *hdr2 = *hdr;
+ elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
case SHT_REL:
case SHT_RELA:
- /* *these* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
- /* the spec says there can be multiple strtabs, but only one symtab */
- /* but there can be lots of REL* sections. */
- /* FIXME: The above statement is wrong! There are typically at least
- two symbol tables in a dynamically linked executable, ".dynsym"
- which is the dynamic linkage symbol table and ".symtab", which is
- the "traditional" symbol table. -fnf */
-
+ /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
{
asection *target_sect;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2;
int use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p;
+ /* Get the symbol table. */
+ if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
+ return false;
+
+ /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table,
+ or if it is in the process image, we don't treat it as a
+ reloc section. BFD can't adequately represent such a
+ section, so at least for now, we don't try. We just
+ present it as a normal section. */
+ if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
+ || hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd))
+ return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
+
/* Don't allow REL relocations on a machine that uses RELA and
vice versa. */
/* @@ Actually, the generic ABI does suggest that both might be
each of those architectures. It's conceivable that, e.g., a
bunch of absolute 32-bit relocs might be more compact in REL
form even on a RELA machine... */
- BFD_ASSERT (!(use_rela_p && (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)));
- BFD_ASSERT (!(!use_rela_p && (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)));
- BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize ==
- (use_rela_p
- ? sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
- : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
-
- bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link); /* symbol table */
- bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info); /* target */
- target_sect = section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
- if (target_sect == NULL)
- return false;
+ BFD_ASSERT (use_rela_p
+ ? (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
+ && hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rela))
+ : (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
+ && hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rel)));
-#if 0
- /* FIXME: We are only prepared to read one symbol table, so
- do NOT read the dynamic symbol table since it is only a
- subset of the full symbol table. Also see comment above. -fnf */
- if (!elf_slurp_symbol_table (abfd, i_shdrp + hdr->sh_link))
+ if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
+ return false;
+ target_sect = section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
+ if (target_sect == NULL
+ || elf_section_data (target_sect) == NULL)
return false;
-#endif
+ hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr;
+ *hdr2 = *hdr;
+ elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
target_sect->reloc_count = hdr->sh_size / hdr->sh_entsize;
target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
- target_sect->relocation = 0;
+ target_sect->relocation = NULL;
target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
+ abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
return true;
}
break;
case SHT_HASH:
- case SHT_DYNAMIC:
- case SHT_DYNSYM: /* could treat this like symtab... */
#if 0
fprintf (stderr, "Dynamic Linking sections not yet supported.\n");
BFD_FAIL ();
return true;
default:
+ /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
+ {
+ struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+
+ if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr)
+ (*bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr) (abfd, hdr, name);
+ }
break;
}
}
boolean
-DEFUN (elf_new_section_hook, (abfd, sec),
- bfd *abfd
- AND asection *sec)
-{
- sec->symbol->name = "";
- return true;
-}
-
-static struct strtab *
-DEFUN (bfd_new_strtab, (abfd),
- bfd * abfd)
-{
- struct strtab *ss;
-
- ss = (struct strtab *) bfd_xmalloc (sizeof (struct strtab));
- ss->tab = bfd_xmalloc (1);
- BFD_ASSERT (ss->tab != 0);
- *ss->tab = 0;
- ss->nentries = 0;
- ss->length = 1;
-
- return ss;
-}
-
-static int
-DEFUN (bfd_add_to_strtab, (abfd, ss, str),
- bfd * abfd AND
- struct strtab *ss AND
- CONST char *str)
-{
- /* should search first, but for now: */
- /* include the trailing NUL */
- int ln = strlen (str) + 1;
-
- /* should this be using obstacks? */
- ss->tab = realloc (ss->tab, ss->length + ln);
-
- BFD_ASSERT (ss->tab != 0);
- strcpy (ss->tab + ss->length, str);
- ss->nentries++;
- ss->length += ln;
-
- return ss->length - ln;
-}
-
-static int
-DEFUN (bfd_add_2_to_strtab, (abfd, ss, str, str2),
- bfd * abfd AND
- struct strtab *ss AND
- char *str AND
- CONST char *str2)
+elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec)
+ bfd *abfd
+ ;
+ asection *sec;
{
- /* should search first, but for now: */
- /* include the trailing NUL */
- int ln = strlen (str) + strlen (str2) + 1;
+ struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
- /* should this be using obstacks? */
- if (ss->length)
- ss->tab = realloc (ss->tab, ss->length + ln);
- else
- ss->tab = bfd_xmalloc (ln);
-
- BFD_ASSERT (ss->tab != 0);
- strcpy (ss->tab + ss->length, str);
- strcpy (ss->tab + ss->length + strlen (str), str2);
- ss->nentries++;
- ss->length += ln;
-
- return ss->length - ln;
-}
-
-/* Create a new ELF section from a bfd section. */
-
-#if 0 /* not used */
-static boolean
-DEFUN (bfd_shdr_from_section, (abfd, hdr, shstrtab, indx),
- bfd * abfd AND
- Elf_Internal_Shdr * hdr AND
- struct strtab *shstrtab AND
- int indx)
-{
- asection *sect;
- int ndx;
-
- sect = abfd->sections;
- for (ndx = indx; --ndx;)
- {
- sect = sect->next;
- }
- hdr[indx].sh_name = bfd_add_to_strtab (abfd, shstrtab,
- bfd_section_name (abfd, sect));
- hdr[indx].sh_addr = sect->vma;
- hdr[indx].sh_size = sect->_raw_size;
- hdr[indx].sh_addralign = sect->alignment_power;
- hdr[indx].sh_flags = 0;
- /* these need to be preserved on */
- hdr[indx].sh_link = 0;
- hdr[indx].sh_info = 0;
- hdr[indx].sh_entsize = 0;
-
- hdr[indx].sh_type = 0;
- if (sect->flags & SEC_RELOC)
- {
- int use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p;
- hdr[indx].sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
- }
-
- if (sect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)
- {
- hdr[indx].sh_offset = sect->filepos;
- hdr[indx].sh_size = sect->_raw_size;
- }
- if (sect->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
+ sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata));
+ if (!sdata)
{
- hdr[indx].sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
- if (sect->flags & SEC_LOAD)
- {
- /* do something with sh_type ? */
- }
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return false;
}
- if (!(sect->flags & SEC_READONLY))
- hdr[indx].sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
-
- if (sect->flags & SEC_CODE)
- hdr[indx].sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
-
+ sec->used_by_bfd = (PTR) sdata;
+ memset (sdata, 0, sizeof (*sdata));
return true;
}
-#endif
/* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
*/
static boolean
-DEFUN (bfd_section_from_phdr, (abfd, hdr, index),
- bfd * abfd AND
- Elf_Internal_Phdr * hdr AND
- int index)
+bfd_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr;
+ int index;
{
asection *newsect;
char *name;
(hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
sprintf (namebuf, split ? "segment%da" : "segment%d", index);
name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (namebuf) + 1);
+ if (!name)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return false;
+ }
strcpy (name, namebuf);
newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
+ if (newsect == NULL)
+ return false;
newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_filesz;
newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
{
sprintf (namebuf, "segment%db", index);
name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (namebuf) + 1);
+ if (!name)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return false;
+ }
strcpy (name, namebuf);
newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
+ if (newsect == NULL)
+ return false;
newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
return true;
}
-#ifdef HAVE_PROCFS
+/* Begin processing a given object.
-static void
-DEFUN (bfd_prstatus, (abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos),
- bfd * abfd AND
- char *descdata AND
- int descsz AND
- long filepos)
-{
- asection *newsect;
- prstatus_t *status = (prstatus_t *) 0;
+ First we validate the file by reading in the ELF header and checking
+ the magic number. */
- if (descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
- {
- newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".reg");
- newsect->_raw_size = sizeof (status->pr_reg);
- newsect->filepos = filepos + (long) &status->pr_reg;
- newsect->flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
- newsect->alignment_power = 2;
- if ((core_prstatus (abfd) = bfd_alloc (abfd, descsz)) != NULL)
- {
- memcpy (core_prstatus (abfd), descdata, descsz);
- }
- }
+static INLINE boolean
+elf_file_p (x_ehdrp)
+ Elf_External_Ehdr *x_ehdrp;
+{
+ return ((x_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] == ELFMAG0)
+ && (x_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] == ELFMAG1)
+ && (x_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] == ELFMAG2)
+ && (x_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] == ELFMAG3));
}
-/* Stash a copy of the prpsinfo structure away for future use. */
+/* Check to see if the file associated with ABFD matches the target vector
+ that ABFD points to.
-static void
-DEFUN (bfd_prpsinfo, (abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos),
- bfd * abfd AND
- char *descdata AND
- int descsz AND
- long filepos)
-{
+ Note that we may be called several times with the same ABFD, but different
+ target vectors, most of which will not match. We have to avoid leaving
+ any side effects in ABFD, or any data it points to (like tdata), if the
+ file does not match the target vector. */
+
+bfd_target *
+elf_object_p (abfd)
+ bfd *abfd;
+{
+ Elf_External_Ehdr x_ehdr; /* Elf file header, external form */
+ Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
+ Elf_External_Shdr x_shdr; /* Section header table entry, external form */
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp = NULL; /* Section header table, internal form */
+ unsigned int shindex;
+ char *shstrtab; /* Internal copy of section header stringtab */
+ struct elf_backend_data *ebd;
+ struct elf_obj_tdata *preserved_tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
+ struct elf_obj_tdata *new_tdata = NULL;
+
+ /* Read in the ELF header in external format. */
+
+ if (bfd_read ((PTR) & x_ehdr, sizeof (x_ehdr), 1, abfd) != sizeof (x_ehdr))
+ {
+ if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
+ goto got_wrong_format_error;
+ else
+ goto got_no_match;
+ }
+
+ /* Now check to see if we have a valid ELF file, and one that BFD can
+ make use of. The magic number must match, the address size ('class')
+ and byte-swapping must match our XVEC entry, and it must have a
+ section header table (FIXME: See comments re sections at top of this
+ file). */
+
+ if ((elf_file_p (&x_ehdr) == false) ||
+ (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_VERSION] != EV_CURRENT) ||
+ (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_CLASS] != ELFCLASS))
+ goto got_wrong_format_error;
+
+ /* Check that file's byte order matches xvec's */
+ switch (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_DATA])
+ {
+ case ELFDATA2MSB: /* Big-endian */
+ if (!abfd->xvec->header_byteorder_big_p)
+ goto got_wrong_format_error;
+ break;
+ case ELFDATA2LSB: /* Little-endian */
+ if (abfd->xvec->header_byteorder_big_p)
+ goto got_wrong_format_error;
+ break;
+ case ELFDATANONE: /* No data encoding specified */
+ default: /* Unknown data encoding specified */
+ goto got_wrong_format_error;
+ }
+
+ /* Allocate an instance of the elf_obj_tdata structure and hook it up to
+ the tdata pointer in the bfd. */
+
+ new_tdata = ((struct elf_obj_tdata *)
+ bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata)));
+ if (new_tdata == NULL)
+ goto got_no_memory_error;
+ elf_tdata (abfd) = new_tdata;
+
+ /* Now that we know the byte order, swap in the rest of the header */
+ i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
+ elf_swap_ehdr_in (abfd, &x_ehdr, i_ehdrp);
+#if DEBUG & 1
+ elf_debug_file (i_ehdrp);
+#endif
+
+ /* If there is no section header table, we're hosed. */
+ if (i_ehdrp->e_shoff == 0)
+ goto got_wrong_format_error;
+
+ /* As a simple sanity check, verify that the what BFD thinks is the
+ size of each section header table entry actually matches the size
+ recorded in the file. */
+ if (i_ehdrp->e_shentsize != sizeof (x_shdr))
+ goto got_wrong_format_error;
+
+ ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+
+ /* Check that the ELF e_machine field matches what this particular
+ BFD format expects. */
+ if (ebd->elf_machine_code != i_ehdrp->e_machine)
+ {
+ bfd_target **target_ptr;
+
+ if (ebd->elf_machine_code != EM_NONE)
+ goto got_wrong_format_error;
+
+ /* This is the generic ELF target. Let it match any ELF target
+ for which we do not have a specific backend. */
+ for (target_ptr = bfd_target_vector; *target_ptr != NULL; target_ptr++)
+ {
+ struct elf_backend_data *back;
+
+ if ((*target_ptr)->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+ continue;
+ back = (struct elf_backend_data *) (*target_ptr)->backend_data;
+ if (back->elf_machine_code == i_ehdrp->e_machine)
+ {
+ /* target_ptr is an ELF backend which matches this
+ object file, so reject the generic ELF target. */
+ goto got_wrong_format_error;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Set the flags and architecture before calling the backend so that
+ it can override them. */
+ if (i_ehdrp->e_type == ET_EXEC)
+ abfd->flags |= EXEC_P;
+ else if (i_ehdrp->e_type == ET_DYN)
+ abfd->flags |= DYNAMIC;
+
+ if (! bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, ebd->arch, 0))
+ goto got_no_match;
+
+ /* Remember the entry point specified in the ELF file header. */
+ bfd_get_start_address (abfd) = i_ehdrp->e_entry;
+
+ /* Let the backend double check the format and override global
+ information. */
+ if (ebd->elf_backend_object_p)
+ {
+ if ((*ebd->elf_backend_object_p) (abfd) == false)
+ goto got_wrong_format_error;
+ }
+
+ /* Allocate space for a copy of the section header table in
+ internal form, seek to the section header table in the file,
+ read it in, and convert it to internal form. */
+ i_shdrp = ((Elf_Internal_Shdr *)
+ bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*i_shdrp) * i_ehdrp->e_shnum));
+ elf_elfsections (abfd) = ((Elf_Internal_Shdr **)
+ bfd_alloc (abfd,
+ sizeof (i_shdrp) * i_ehdrp->e_shnum));
+ if (!i_shdrp || !elf_elfsections (abfd))
+ goto got_no_memory_error;
+ if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_shoff, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+ goto got_no_match;
+ for (shindex = 0; shindex < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; shindex++)
+ {
+ if (bfd_read ((PTR) & x_shdr, sizeof x_shdr, 1, abfd) != sizeof (x_shdr))
+ goto got_no_match;
+ elf_swap_shdr_in (abfd, &x_shdr, i_shdrp + shindex);
+ elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = i_shdrp + shindex;
+
+ /* If this is a .dynamic section, mark the object file as being
+ dynamically linked. */
+ if (i_shdrp[shindex].sh_type == SHT_DYNAMIC)
+ abfd->flags |= DYNAMIC;
+ }
+ if (i_ehdrp->e_shstrndx)
+ {
+ if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_shstrndx))
+ goto got_no_match;
+ }
+
+ /* Read in the string table containing the names of the sections. We
+ will need the base pointer to this table later. */
+ /* We read this inline now, so that we don't have to go through
+ bfd_section_from_shdr with it (since this particular strtab is
+ used to find all of the ELF section names.) */
+
+ shstrtab = elf_get_str_section (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_shstrndx);
+ if (!shstrtab)
+ goto got_no_match;
+
+ /* Once all of the section headers have been read and converted, we
+ can start processing them. Note that the first section header is
+ a dummy placeholder entry, so we ignore it. */
+
+ for (shindex = 1; shindex < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; shindex++)
+ {
+ if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, shindex))
+ goto got_no_match;
+ }
+
+ return (abfd->xvec);
+
+got_wrong_format_error:
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+ goto got_no_match;
+got_no_memory_error:
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ goto got_no_match;
+got_no_match:
+ if (new_tdata != NULL
+ && new_tdata->elf_sect_ptr != NULL)
+ bfd_release (abfd, new_tdata->elf_sect_ptr);
+ if (i_shdrp != NULL)
+ bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
+ if (new_tdata != NULL)
+ bfd_release (abfd, new_tdata);
+ elf_tdata (abfd) = preserved_tdata;
+ return (NULL);
+}
+\f
+
+/* ELF .o/exec file writing */
+
+/* Takes a bfd and a symbol, returns a pointer to the elf specific area
+ of the symbol if there is one. */
+static INLINE elf_symbol_type *
+elf_symbol_from (ignore_abfd, symbol)
+ bfd *ignore_abfd;
+ asymbol *symbol;
+{
+ if (symbol->the_bfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (symbol->the_bfd->tdata.elf_obj_data == (struct elf_obj_tdata *) NULL)
+ return 0;
+
+ return (elf_symbol_type *) symbol;
+}
+
+/* Create ELF output from BFD sections.
+
+ Essentially, just create the section header and forget about the program
+ header for now. */
+
+static void
+elf_make_sections (abfd, asect, obj)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ asection *asect;
+ PTR obj;
+{
+ /* most of what is in bfd_shdr_from_section goes in here... */
+ /* and all of these sections generate at *least* one ELF section. */
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
+ this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
+
+ this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
+ this_hdr->sh_size = asect->_raw_size;
+ /* contents already set by elf_set_section_contents */
+
+ if (asect->flags & SEC_RELOC)
+ {
+ /* emit a reloc section, and thus strtab and symtab... */
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *rela_hdr;
+ int use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p;
+
+ rela_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr;
+
+ /* orelocation has the data, reloc_count has the count... */
+ if (use_rela_p)
+ {
+ rela_hdr->sh_type = SHT_RELA;
+ rela_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Rela);
+ }
+ else
+ /* REL relocations */
+ {
+ rela_hdr->sh_type = SHT_REL;
+ rela_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Rel);
+ }
+ rela_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
+ rela_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
+ rela_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
+
+ /* FIXME: Systems I've checked use an alignment of 4, but it is
+ possible that some systems use a different alignment. */
+ rela_hdr->sh_addralign = 4;
+
+ rela_hdr->size = 0;
+ }
+ if (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
+ {
+ this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
+ if (asect->flags & SEC_LOAD)
+ {
+ /* @@ Do something with sh_type? */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If this section is not part of the program image during
+ execution, leave the address fields at 0. */
+ this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
+ asect->vma = 0;
+ }
+ if (!(asect->flags & SEC_READONLY))
+ this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
+
+ if (asect->flags & SEC_CODE)
+ this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
+}
+
+void
+write_relocs (abfd, sec, xxx)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ asection *sec;
+ PTR xxx;
+{
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *rela_hdr;
+ Elf_External_Rela *outbound_relocas;
+ Elf_External_Rel *outbound_relocs;
+ int idx;
+ int use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p;
+ asymbol *last_sym = 0;
+ int last_sym_idx = 9999999; /* should always be written before use */
+
+ if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ /* The linker backend writes the relocs out itself, and sets the
+ reloc_count field to zero to inhibit writing them here. Also,
+ sometimes the SEC_RELOC flag gets set even when there aren't any
+ relocs. */
+ if (sec->reloc_count == 0)
+ return;
+
+ rela_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr;
+
+ rela_hdr->sh_size = rela_hdr->sh_entsize * sec->reloc_count;
+ rela_hdr->contents = (void *) bfd_alloc (abfd, rela_hdr->sh_size);
+ if (!rela_hdr->contents)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ abort (); /* FIXME */
+ }
+
+ /* orelocation has the data, reloc_count has the count... */
+ if (use_rela_p)
+ {
+ outbound_relocas = (Elf_External_Rela *) rela_hdr->contents;
+
+ for (idx = 0; idx < sec->reloc_count; idx++)
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Rela dst_rela;
+ Elf_External_Rela *src_rela;
+ arelent *ptr;
+ asymbol *sym;
+ int n;
+
+ ptr = sec->orelocation[idx];
+ src_rela = outbound_relocas + idx;
+ if (!(abfd->flags & EXEC_P))
+ dst_rela.r_offset = ptr->address - sec->vma;
+ else
+ dst_rela.r_offset = ptr->address;
+
+ sym = *ptr->sym_ptr_ptr;
+ if (sym == last_sym)
+ n = last_sym_idx;
+ else
+ {
+ last_sym = sym;
+ last_sym_idx = n = elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, &sym);
+ }
+ dst_rela.r_info = ELF_R_INFO (n, ptr->howto->type);
+
+ dst_rela.r_addend = ptr->addend;
+ elf_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &dst_rela, src_rela);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ /* REL relocations */
+ {
+ outbound_relocs = (Elf_External_Rel *) rela_hdr->contents;
+
+ for (idx = 0; idx < sec->reloc_count; idx++)
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Rel dst_rel;
+ Elf_External_Rel *src_rel;
+ arelent *ptr;
+ int n;
+ asymbol *sym;
+
+ ptr = sec->orelocation[idx];
+ sym = *ptr->sym_ptr_ptr;
+ src_rel = outbound_relocs + idx;
+ if (!(abfd->flags & EXEC_P))
+ dst_rel.r_offset = ptr->address - sec->vma;
+ else
+ dst_rel.r_offset = ptr->address;
+
+ if (sym == last_sym)
+ n = last_sym_idx;
+ else
+ {
+ last_sym = sym;
+ last_sym_idx = n = elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, &sym);
+ }
+ dst_rel.r_info = ELF_R_INFO (n, ptr->howto->type);
+
+ elf_swap_reloc_out (abfd, &dst_rel, src_rel);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+fix_up_strtabs (abfd, asect, obj)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ asection *asect;
+ PTR obj;
+{
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
+ int this_idx = elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
+
+ /* @@ Check flags! */
+ if (!strncmp (asect->name, ".stab", 5)
+ && !strcmp ("str", asect->name + strlen (asect->name) - 3))
+ {
+ size_t len = strlen (asect->name) + 1;
+ char *s = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (s == NULL)
+ /* FIXME: Should deal more gracefully with errors. */
+ abort ();
+ strcpy (s, asect->name);
+ s[len - 4] = 0;
+ asect = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, s);
+ free (s);
+ if (!asect)
+ abort ();
+ elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr.sh_link = this_idx;
+ /* @@ Assuming 32 bits! */
+ elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 0xc;
+
+ this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+elf_fake_sections (abfd, asect, obj)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ asection *asect;
+ PTR obj;
+{
+ /* most of what is in bfd_shdr_from_section goes in here... */
+ /* and all of these sections generate at *least* one ELF section. */
+
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
+ this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
+ this_hdr->sh_name =
+ bfd_add_to_strtab (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd), asect->name);
+ if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned long) -1)
+ abort (); /* FIXME */
+ /* We need to log the type *now* so that elf_section_from_bfd_section
+ can find us... have to set rawdata too. */
+ this_hdr->rawdata = (void *) asect;
+ this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power;
+
+ /* FIXME: This should not be based on section names. */
+ if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynstr") == 0)
+ this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
+ else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".hash") == 0)
+ this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_HASH;
+ else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynsym") == 0)
+ this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_DYNSYM;
+ else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
+ this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_DYNAMIC;
+ else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".rel.", 5) == 0)
+ this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_REL;
+ else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".rela.", 6) == 0)
+ this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_RELA;
+ else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) && (asect->flags & SEC_LOAD))
+ this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
+ else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) && ((asect->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0))
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (asect->name, ".bss") == 0
+ || strcmp (asect->name, ".sbss") == 0);
+ this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
+ }
+ /* FIXME I am not sure how to detect a .note section from the flags
+ word of an `asection'. */
+ else if (!strcmp (asect->name, ".note"))
+ this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOTE;
+ else
+ this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
+
+ this_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
+ this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
+ this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
+ this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
+ this_hdr->sh_info = 0;
+ this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
+ this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
+ this_hdr->size = 0;
+
+ /* Now, check for processor-specific section types. */
+ {
+ struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+
+ if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections)
+ (*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect);
+ }
+
+ {
+ /* Emit a strtab and symtab, and possibly a reloc section. */
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *rela_hdr;
+
+ /* Note that only one symtab is used, so just remember it
+ for now. */
+
+ if (asect->flags & SEC_RELOC)
+ {
+ int use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p;
+
+ rela_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr;
+ rela_hdr->sh_name =
+ bfd_add_2_to_strtab (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd),
+ use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel",
+ asect->name);
+ rela_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
+ rela_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
+ ? sizeof (Elf_External_Rela)
+ : sizeof (Elf_External_Rel));
+
+ rela_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
+ rela_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
+ rela_hdr->sh_size = 0;
+ rela_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
+
+ /* FIXME: Systems I've checked use an alignment of 4, but some
+ systems may use a different alignment. */
+ rela_hdr->sh_addralign = 4;
+
+ rela_hdr->size = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ if (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
+ {
+ this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
+ if (asect->flags & SEC_LOAD)
+ {
+ /* @@ Do something with sh_type? */
+ }
+ }
+ if (!(asect->flags & SEC_READONLY))
+ this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
+ if (asect->flags & SEC_CODE)
+ this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
+}
+
+/* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
+ all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
+
+static INLINE int
+sym_is_global (abfd, sym)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ asymbol *sym;
+{
+ /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
+ if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
+ return ((*get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
+ (abfd, sym));
+
+ if (sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK))
+ {
+ if (sym->flags & BSF_LOCAL)
+ abort ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+ if (sym->section == 0)
+ {
+ /* Is this valid? */
+ abort ();
+
+ return 1;
+ }
+ if (sym->section == &bfd_und_section)
+ return 1;
+ if (bfd_is_com_section (sym->section))
+ return 1;
+ if (sym->flags & (BSF_LOCAL | BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE))
+ return 0;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static boolean
+elf_map_symbols (abfd)
+ bfd *abfd;
+{
+ int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
+ asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
+ asymbol **sect_syms;
+ int num_locals = 0;
+ int num_globals = 0;
+ int num_locals2 = 0;
+ int num_globals2 = 0;
+ int max_index = 0;
+ int num_sections = 0;
+ Elf_Sym_Extra *sym_extra;
+ int idx;
+ asection *asect;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
+ fflush (stderr);
+#endif
+
+ /* Add local symbols for each section for which there are relocs.
+ FIXME: How can we tell which sections have relocs at this point?
+ Will reloc_count always be accurate? Actually, I think most ELF
+ targets create section symbols for all sections anyhow. */
+ for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
+ {
+ if (max_index < asect->index)
+ max_index = asect->index;
+ }
+
+ max_index++;
+ elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
+ sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, max_index * sizeof (asymbol *));
+ elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
+
+ if (sect_syms == 0)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
+ {
+ asymbol *sym = bfd_make_empty_symbol (abfd);
+ if (!sym)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return false;
+ }
+ sym->the_bfd = abfd;
+ sym->name = asect->name;
+ sym->value = asect->vma;
+ sym->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
+ sym->section = asect;
+ sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
+ num_sections++;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ "creating section symbol, name = %s, value = 0x%.8lx, index = %d, section = 0x%.8lx\n",
+ asect->name, (long) asect->vma, asect->index, (long) asect);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (num_sections)
+ {
+ if (syms)
+ syms = (asymbol **) bfd_realloc (abfd, syms,
+ ((symcount + num_sections + 1)
+ * sizeof (asymbol *)));
+ else
+ syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc (abfd,
+ (num_sections + 1) * sizeof (asymbol *));
+ if (!syms)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
+ {
+ if (sect_syms[asect->index])
+ syms[symcount++] = sect_syms[asect->index];
+ }
+
+ syms[symcount] = (asymbol *) 0;
+ bfd_set_symtab (abfd, syms, symcount);
+ }
+
+ elf_sym_extra (abfd) = sym_extra
+ = (Elf_Sym_Extra *) bfd_alloc (abfd, symcount * sizeof (Elf_Sym_Extra));
+ if (!sym_extra)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Identify and classify all of the symbols. */
+ for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
+ {
+ if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
+ num_locals++;
+ else
+ num_globals++;
+ }
+
+ /* Now provide mapping information. Add +1 for skipping over the
+ dummy symbol. */
+ for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
+ {
+ syms[idx]->udata = (PTR) & sym_extra[idx];
+ if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
+ sym_extra[idx].elf_sym_num = 1 + num_locals2++;
+ else
+ sym_extra[idx].elf_sym_num = 1 + num_locals + num_globals2++;
+ }
+
+ elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
+ elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
+ otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
+ is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
+
+static boolean
+elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, link_info)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
+{
+ struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
+
+ if (abfd->output_has_begun)
+ return true;
+
+ /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
+ if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
+ (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd);
+
+ if (! prep_headers (abfd))
+ return false;
+
+ bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, 0);
+
+ if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd))
+ return false;
+
+ bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_make_sections, 0);
+
+ bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, fix_up_strtabs, 0); /* .stab/.stabstr &c */
+
+ /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
+ if (link_info == NULL)
+ {
+ if (! swap_out_syms (abfd))
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
+ /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
+ shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
+ shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
+ shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
+ shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = elf_shstrtab (abfd)->length;
+ shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
+ shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
+ shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
+ /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_for_symtabs_and_strtabs. */
+ shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
+ shstrtab_hdr->contents = (PTR) elf_shstrtab (abfd)->tab;
+
+ if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd,
+ link_info == NULL ? true : false))
+ return false;
+
+ abfd->output_has_begun = true;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+
+/* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
+ too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
+ in here too, while we're at it. (Link pointers for .stab sections are
+ not filled in here.) */
+static boolean
+assign_section_numbers (abfd)
+ bfd *abfd;
+{
+ struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
+ asection *sec;
+ int section_number = 1;
+ int i;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
+
+ t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = elf_shstrtab (abfd)->length;
+ t->shstrtab_hdr.contents = (void *) elf_shstrtab (abfd)->tab;
+
+ t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
+ elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
+ if (abfd->symcount)
+ {
+ t->symtab_section = section_number++;
+ t->strtab_section = section_number++;
+ t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
+ }
+ for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
+ {
+ struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
+ d->this_idx = section_number++;
+ if (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC)
+ {
+ d->rel_idx = section_number++;
+ d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
+ d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx;
+ }
+ else
+ d->rel_idx = 0;
+ /* No handling for per-section string tables currently. */
+ }
+ elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
+
+ /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
+ indices. */
+ i_shdrp = ((Elf_Internal_Shdr **)
+ bfd_alloc (abfd, section_number * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)));
+ if (i_shdrp == NULL)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return false;
+ }
+ i_shdrp[0] = ((Elf_Internal_Shdr *)
+ bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr)));
+ if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
+ {
+ bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return false;
+ }
+ elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
+ for (i = 1; i < section_number; i++)
+ i_shdrp[i] = NULL;
+ memset (i_shdrp[0], 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
+
+ i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
+ if (abfd->symcount)
+ {
+ i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
+ i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
+ }
+ for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
+ {
+ struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
+ i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
+ if (d->rel_idx)
+ i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr;
+ }
+ /* Make sure we got everything.... */
+ for (i = 0; i < section_number; i++)
+ if (i_shdrp[i] == NULL)
+ abort ();
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
+ ELF data structure. */
+
+static INLINE file_ptr
+align_file_position (off)
+ file_ptr off;
+{
+ return (off + FILE_ALIGN - 1) & ~(FILE_ALIGN - 1);
+}
+
+/* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
+ required section alignment. */
+
+static INLINE file_ptr
+assign_file_position_for_section (i_shdrp, offset, align)
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp;
+ file_ptr offset;
+ boolean align;
+{
+ if (align)
+ {
+ unsigned int al;
+
+ al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign;
+ if (al > 1)
+ offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al);
+ }
+ i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
+ if (i_shdrp->rawdata != NULL)
+ ((asection *) i_shdrp->rawdata)->filepos = offset;
+ if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
+ offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
+ return offset;
+}
+
+/* Get the size of the program header. This is called by the linker
+ before any of the section VMA's are set, so it can't calculate the
+ correct value for a strange memory layout. */
+
+static bfd_size_type
+get_program_header_size (abfd)
+ bfd *abfd;
+{
+ size_t segs;
+ asection *s;
+
+ /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
+ and one for data. */
+ segs = 2;
+
+ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
+ if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
+ {
+ /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
+ PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
+ PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
+ targets. */
+ segs += 2;
+ }
+
+ if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
+ {
+ /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
+ ++segs;
+ }
+
+ return segs * sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr);
+}
+
+/* Create the program header. OFF is the file offset where the
+ program header should be written. FIRST is the first loadable ELF
+ section. PHDR_SIZE is the size of the program header as returned
+ by get_program_header_size. */
+
+static file_ptr
+map_program_segments (abfd, off, first, phdr_size)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ file_ptr off;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *first;
+ bfd_size_type phdr_size;
+{
+ Elf_Internal_Phdr phdrs[10];
+ unsigned int phdr_count;
+ Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
+ int phdr_size_adjust;
+ unsigned int i;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
+ asection *sinterp, *sdyn;
+ unsigned int last_type;
+ Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
+
+ BFD_ASSERT ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0);
+ BFD_ASSERT (phdr_size / sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)
+ <= sizeof phdrs / sizeof (phdrs[0]));
+
+ phdr_count = 0;
+ phdr = phdrs;
+
+ phdr_size_adjust = 0;
+
+ /* If we have a loadable .interp section, we must create a PT_INTERP
+ segment which must precede all PT_LOAD segments. We assume that
+ we must also create a PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be
+ true for all targets. */
+ sinterp = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
+ if (sinterp != NULL && (sinterp->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (first != NULL);
+
+ phdr->p_type = PT_PHDR;
+
+ phdr->p_offset = off;
+
+ /* Account for any adjustment made because of the alignment of
+ the first loadable section. */
+ phdr_size_adjust = (first->sh_offset - phdr_size) - off;
+ BFD_ASSERT (phdr_size_adjust >= 0 && phdr_size_adjust < 128);
+
+ /* The program header precedes all loadable sections. This lets
+ us compute its loadable address. This depends on the linker
+ script. */
+ phdr->p_vaddr = first->sh_addr - (phdr_size + phdr_size_adjust);
+
+ phdr->p_paddr = 0;
+ phdr->p_filesz = phdr_size;
+ phdr->p_memsz = phdr_size;
+
+ /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
+ phdr->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
+
+ phdr->p_align = FILE_ALIGN;
+ BFD_ASSERT ((phdr->p_vaddr - phdr->p_offset) % FILE_ALIGN == 0);
+
+ /* Include the ELF header in the first loadable segment. */
+ phdr_size_adjust += off;
+
+ ++phdr_count;
+ ++phdr;
+
+ phdr->p_type = PT_INTERP;
+ phdr->p_offset = sinterp->filepos;
+ phdr->p_vaddr = sinterp->vma;
+ phdr->p_paddr = 0;
+ phdr->p_filesz = sinterp->_raw_size;
+ phdr->p_memsz = sinterp->_raw_size;
+ phdr->p_flags = PF_R;
+ phdr->p_align = 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sinterp);
+
+ ++phdr_count;
+ ++phdr;
+ }
+
+ /* Look through the sections to see how they will be divided into
+ program segments. The sections must be arranged in order by
+ sh_addr for this to work correctly. */
+ phdr->p_type = PT_NULL;
+ last_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
+ for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
+ i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum;
+ i++, hdrpp++)
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+
+ hdr = *hdrpp;
+
+ /* Ignore any section which will not be part of the process
+ image. */
+ if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) == 0)
+ continue;
+
+ /* If this section fits in the segment we are constructing, add
+ it in. */
+ if (phdr->p_type != PT_NULL
+ && (hdr->sh_offset - (phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz)
+ == hdr->sh_addr - (phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
+ && (last_type != SHT_NOBITS || hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS))
+ {
+ bfd_size_type adjust;
+
+ adjust = hdr->sh_addr - (phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz);
+ phdr->p_memsz += hdr->sh_size + adjust;
+ if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
+ phdr->p_filesz += hdr->sh_size + adjust;
+ if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
+ phdr->p_flags |= PF_W;
+ if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
+ phdr->p_flags |= PF_X;
+ last_type = hdr->sh_type;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* If we have a segment, move to the next one. */
+ if (phdr->p_type != PT_NULL)
+ {
+ ++phdr;
+ ++phdr_count;
+ }
+
+ /* Start a new segment. */
+ phdr->p_type = PT_LOAD;
+ phdr->p_offset = hdr->sh_offset;
+ phdr->p_vaddr = hdr->sh_addr;
+ phdr->p_paddr = 0;
+ if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS)
+ phdr->p_filesz = 0;
+ else
+ phdr->p_filesz = hdr->sh_size;
+ phdr->p_memsz = hdr->sh_size;
+ phdr->p_flags = PF_R;
+ if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
+ phdr->p_flags |= PF_W;
+ if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
+ phdr->p_flags |= PF_X;
+ phdr->p_align = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize;
+
+ if (hdr == first
+ && sinterp != NULL
+ && (sinterp->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
+ {
+ phdr->p_offset -= phdr_size + phdr_size_adjust;
+ phdr->p_vaddr -= phdr_size + phdr_size_adjust;
+ phdr->p_filesz += phdr_size + phdr_size_adjust;
+ phdr->p_memsz += phdr_size + phdr_size_adjust;
+ }
+
+ last_type = hdr->sh_type;
+ }
+
+ if (phdr->p_type != PT_NULL)
+ {
+ ++phdr;
+ ++phdr_count;
+ }
+
+ /* If we have a .dynamic section, create a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
+ sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
+ if (sdyn != NULL && (sdyn->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
+ {
+ phdr->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
+ phdr->p_offset = sdyn->filepos;
+ phdr->p_vaddr = sdyn->vma;
+ phdr->p_paddr = 0;
+ phdr->p_filesz = sdyn->_raw_size;
+ phdr->p_memsz = sdyn->_raw_size;
+ phdr->p_flags = PF_R;
+ if ((sdyn->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
+ phdr->p_flags |= PF_W;
+ if ((sdyn->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
+ phdr->p_flags |= PF_X;
+ phdr->p_align = 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sdyn);
+
+ ++phdr;
+ ++phdr_count;
+ }
+
+ /* Make sure the return value from get_program_header_size matches
+ what we computed here. */
+ if (phdr_count != phdr_size / sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr))
+ abort ();
+
+ /* Set up program header information. */
+ i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
+ i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr);
+ i_ehdrp->e_phoff = off;
+ i_ehdrp->e_phnum = phdr_count;
+
+ /* Save the program headers away. I don't think anybody uses this
+ information right now. */
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = ((Elf_Internal_Phdr *)
+ bfd_alloc (abfd,
+ (phdr_count
+ * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr))));
+ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr == NULL && phdr_count != 0)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return (file_ptr) -1;
+ }
+ memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr, phdrs,
+ phdr_count * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
+
+ /* Write out the program headers. */
+ if (bfd_seek (abfd, off, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+ return (file_ptr) -1;
+
+ for (i = 0, phdr = phdrs; i < phdr_count; i++, phdr++)
+ {
+ Elf_External_Phdr extphdr;
+
+ elf_swap_phdr_out (abfd, phdr, &extphdr);
+ if (bfd_write (&extphdr, sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr), 1, abfd)
+ != sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr))
+ return (file_ptr) -1;
+ }
+
+ return off + phdr_count * sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr);
+}
+
+/* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
+ elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and VMAs
+ must be known before this is called.
+
+ We do not consider reloc sections at this point, unless they form
+ part of the loadable image. Reloc sections are assigned file
+ positions in assign_file_positions_for_relocs, which is called by
+ write_object_contents and final_link.
+
+ If DOSYMS is false, we do not assign file positions for the symbol
+ table or the string table. */
+
+static boolean
+assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, dosyms)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ boolean dosyms;
+{
+ struct elf_obj_tdata * const tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
+ Elf_Internal_Ehdr * const i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
+ file_ptr off;
+
+ /* Start after the ELF header. */
+ off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
+
+ if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) == 0)
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
+ unsigned int i;
+
+ /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
+ not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
+ the sections in the file is unimportant. */
+ for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; i++, hdrpp++)
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+
+ hdr = *hdrpp;
+ if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
+ {
+ hdr->sh_offset = -1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (! dosyms
+ && (i == tdata->symtab_section
+ || i == tdata->strtab_section))
+ {
+ hdr->sh_offset = -1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ off = assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ file_ptr phdr_off;
+ bfd_size_type phdr_size;
+ bfd_vma maxpagesize;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
+ unsigned int i;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *first;
+ file_ptr phdr_map;
+
+ /* We are creating an executable. We must create a program
+ header. We can't actually create the program header until we
+ have set the file positions for the sections, but we can
+ figure out how big it is going to be. */
+ off = align_file_position (off);
+ phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd);
+ if (phdr_size == (file_ptr) -1)
+ return false;
+ phdr_off = off;
+ off += phdr_size;
+
+ maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize;
+ if (maxpagesize == 0)
+ maxpagesize = 1;
+
+ /* FIXME: We might want to sort the sections on the sh_addr
+ field here. For now, we just assume that the linker will
+ create the sections in an appropriate order. */
+
+ /* Assign file positions in two passes. In the first pass, we
+ assign a file position to every section which forms part of
+ the executable image. */
+ first = NULL;
+ for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; i++, hdrpp++)
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+
+ hdr = *hdrpp;
+ if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) == 0)
+ continue;
+
+ if (first == NULL)
+ first = hdr;
+
+ if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
+ {
+ /* The section VMA must equal the file position modulo
+ the page size. This is required by the program
+ header. */
+ off += (hdr->sh_addr - off) % maxpagesize;
+ }
+
+ off = assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, false);
+ }
+
+ /* Assign file positions to all the sections which do not form
+ part of the loadable image, except for the relocs. */
+ for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; i++, hdrpp++)
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+
+ hdr = *hdrpp;
+ if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
+ continue;
+ if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
+ {
+ hdr->sh_offset = -1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (! dosyms
+ && (i == tdata->symtab_section
+ || i == tdata->strtab_section))
+ {
+ hdr->sh_offset = -1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ off = assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true);
+ }
+
+ phdr_map = map_program_segments (abfd, phdr_off, first, phdr_size);
+ if (phdr_map == (file_ptr) -1)
+ return false;
+ BFD_ASSERT (phdr_map == phdr_off + phdr_size);
+ }
+
+ /* Place the section headers. */
+ off = align_file_position (off);
+ i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
+ off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
+
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+static boolean
+prep_headers (abfd)
+ bfd *abfd;
+{
+ Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
+ Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
+ int count;
+ struct strtab *shstrtab;
+
+ i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
+ i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
+
+ shstrtab = bfd_new_strtab (abfd);
+ if (!shstrtab)
+ return false;
+
+ elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
+
+ i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
+ i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
+ i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
+ i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
+
+ i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = ELFCLASS;
+ i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
+ abfd->xvec->byteorder_big_p ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
+ i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = EV_CURRENT;
+
+ for (count = EI_PAD; count < EI_NIDENT; count++)
+ i_ehdrp->e_ident[count] = 0;
+
+ i_ehdrp->e_type = (abfd->flags & EXEC_P) ? ET_EXEC : ET_REL;
+ switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
+ {
+ case bfd_arch_unknown:
+ i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
+ break;
+ case bfd_arch_sparc:
+ i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_SPARC;
+ /* start-sanitize-v9 */
+#if ARCH_SIZE == 64
+ i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_SPARC64;
+#endif
+ /* end-sanitize-v9 */
+ break;
+ case bfd_arch_i386:
+ i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_386;
+ break;
+ case bfd_arch_m68k:
+ i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_68K;
+ break;
+ case bfd_arch_m88k:
+ i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_88K;
+ break;
+ case bfd_arch_i860:
+ i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_860;
+ break;
+ case bfd_arch_mips: /* MIPS Rxxxx */
+ i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_MIPS; /* only MIPS R3000 */
+ break;
+ case bfd_arch_hppa:
+ i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_PARISC;
+ break;
+ case bfd_arch_powerpc:
+ i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC;
+ break;
+ /* also note that EM_M32, AT&T WE32100 is unknown to bfd */
+ default:
+ i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
+ }
+ i_ehdrp->e_version = EV_CURRENT;
+ i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Ehdr);
+
+ /* no program header, for now. */
+ i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
+ i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
+ i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
+
+ /* each bfd section is section header entry */
+ i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
+ i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Shdr);
+
+ /* if we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table */
+ if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
+ {
+ /* it all happens later */
+#if 0
+ i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr);
+
+ /* elf_build_phdrs() returns a (NULL-terminated) array of
+ Elf_Internal_Phdrs */
+ i_phdrp = elf_build_phdrs (abfd, i_ehdrp, i_shdrp, &i_ehdrp->e_phnum);
+ i_ehdrp->e_phoff = outbase;
+ outbase += i_ehdrp->e_phentsize * i_ehdrp->e_phnum;
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
+ i_phdrp = 0;
+ i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
+ }
+
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name = bfd_add_to_strtab (abfd, shstrtab,
+ ".symtab");
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name = bfd_add_to_strtab (abfd, shstrtab,
+ ".strtab");
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name = bfd_add_to_strtab (abfd, shstrtab,
+ ".shstrtab");
+ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
+ || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
+ || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+static boolean
+swap_out_syms (abfd)
+ bfd *abfd;
+{
+ if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
+ return false;
+
+ /* Dump out the symtabs. */
+ {
+ int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
+ asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
+ struct strtab *stt = bfd_new_strtab (abfd);
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
+ Elf_External_Sym *outbound_syms;
+ int idx;
+
+ if (!stt)
+ return false;
+ symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
+ symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
+ symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym);
+ symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
+ symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
+
+ /* FIXME: Systems I've checked use 4 byte alignment for .symtab,
+ but it is possible that there are systems which use a different
+ alignment. */
+ symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 4;
+
+ /* see assert in elf_fake_sections that supports this: */
+ symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
+
+ outbound_syms = (Elf_External_Sym *)
+ bfd_alloc (abfd, (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym));
+ if (!outbound_syms)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return false;
+ }
+ /* now generate the data (for "contents") */
+ {
+ /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
+ Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
+ sym.st_name = 0;
+ sym.st_value = 0;
+ sym.st_size = 0;
+ sym.st_info = 0;
+ sym.st_other = 0;
+ sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
+ elf_swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms);
+ }
+ for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
+ bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
+
+ if (syms[idx]->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
+ /* Section symbols have no names. */
+ sym.st_name = 0;
+ else
+ {
+ sym.st_name = bfd_add_to_strtab (abfd, stt, syms[idx]->name);
+ if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
+ {
+ /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
+ and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
+ how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
+ sym.st_size = value;
+ /* Should retrieve this from somewhere... */
+ sym.st_value = 16;
+ sym.st_shndx = elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd,
+ syms[idx]->section);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
+ elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
+ int shndx;
+
+ if (sec->output_section)
+ {
+ value += sec->output_offset;
+ sec = sec->output_section;
+ }
+ value += sec->vma;
+ sym.st_value = value;
+ type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
+ sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
+ sym.st_shndx = shndx = elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
+ if (shndx == -1)
+ {
+ asection *sec2;
+ /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if we had
+ some decent documentation on bfd, and knew what to expect
+ of the library, and what to demand of applications. For
+ example, it appears that `objcopy' might not set the
+ section of a symbol to be a section that is actually in
+ the output file. */
+ sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
+ BFD_ASSERT (sec2 != 0);
+ sym.st_shndx = shndx = elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
+ BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
+ sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_OBJECT);
+ else if (syms[idx]->section == &bfd_und_section)
+ sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_NOTYPE);
+ else if (syms[idx]->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
+ sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
+ else if (syms[idx]->flags & BSF_FILE)
+ sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
+ else
+ {
+ int bind = STB_LOCAL;
+ int type = STT_OBJECT;
+ unsigned int flags = syms[idx]->flags;
+
+ if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
+ bind = STB_LOCAL;
+ else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
+ bind = STB_WEAK;
+ else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
+ bind = STB_GLOBAL;
+
+ if (flags & BSF_FUNCTION)
+ type = STT_FUNC;
+
+ sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
+ }
+
+ sym.st_other = 0;
+ elf_swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym,
+ (outbound_syms
+ + elf_sym_extra (abfd)[idx].elf_sym_num));
+ }
+
+ symtab_hdr->contents = (PTR) outbound_syms;
+ symstrtab_hdr->contents = (PTR) stt->tab;
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = stt->length;
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
+
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
+ symstrtab_hdr->size = 0;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+static boolean
+write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd)
+ bfd *abfd;
+{
+ Elf_External_Ehdr x_ehdr; /* Elf file header, external form */
+ Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
+ Elf_External_Shdr *x_shdrp; /* Section header table, external form */
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
+ unsigned int count;
+ struct strtab *shstrtab;
+
+ i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
+ i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
+ shstrtab = elf_shstrtab (abfd);
+
+ /* swap the header before spitting it out... */
+
+#if DEBUG & 1
+ elf_debug_file (i_ehdrp);
+#endif
+ elf_swap_ehdr_out (abfd, i_ehdrp, &x_ehdr);
+ if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) 0, SEEK_SET) != 0
+ || (bfd_write ((PTR) & x_ehdr, sizeof (x_ehdr), 1, abfd)
+ != sizeof (x_ehdr)))
+ return false;
+
+ /* at this point we've concocted all the ELF sections... */
+ x_shdrp = (Elf_External_Shdr *)
+ bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*x_shdrp) * (i_ehdrp->e_shnum));
+ if (!x_shdrp)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ for (count = 0; count < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; count++)
+ {
+#if DEBUG & 2
+ elf_debug_section (shstrtab->tab + i_shdrp[count]->sh_name, count,
+ i_shdrp[count]);
+#endif
+ elf_swap_shdr_out (abfd, i_shdrp[count], x_shdrp + count);
+ }
+ if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) i_ehdrp->e_shoff, SEEK_SET) != 0
+ || (bfd_write ((PTR) x_shdrp, sizeof (*x_shdrp), i_ehdrp->e_shnum, abfd)
+ != sizeof (*x_shdrp) * i_ehdrp->e_shnum))
+ return false;
+
+ /* need to dump the string table too... */
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
+ of the loadable file image. */
+
+static void
+assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd)
+ bfd *abfd;
+{
+ file_ptr off;
+ unsigned int i;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
+
+ off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
+
+ for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
+ i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum;
+ i++, shdrpp++)
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
+
+ shdrp = *shdrpp;
+ if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
+ && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
+ off = assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, true);
+ }
+
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
+}
+
+boolean
+NAME(bfd_elf,write_object_contents) (abfd)
+ bfd *abfd;
+{
+ struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+ Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
+ unsigned int count;
+
+ /* We don't know how to write dynamic objects. Specifically, we
+ don't know how to construct the program header. */
+ if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
+ {
+ fprintf (stderr, "Writing ELF dynamic objects is not supported\n");
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (! abfd->output_has_begun
+ && ! elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd,
+ (struct bfd_link_info *) NULL))
+ return false;
+
+ i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
+ i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
+
+ bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, write_relocs, (PTR) 0);
+ assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
+
+ /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
+ for (count = 1; count < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; count++)
+ {
+ if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
+ (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
+ if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
+ {
+ if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
+ || (bfd_write (i_shdrp[count]->contents, i_shdrp[count]->sh_size,
+ 1, abfd)
+ != i_shdrp[count]->sh_size))
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
+ (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd);
+
+ return write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd);
+}
+
+/* Given an index of a section, retrieve a pointer to it. Note
+ that for our purposes, sections are indexed by {1, 2, ...} with
+ 0 being an illegal index. */
+
+/* In the original, each ELF section went into exactly one BFD
+ section. This doesn't really make sense, so we need a real mapping.
+ The mapping has to hide in the Elf_Internal_Shdr since asection
+ doesn't have anything like a tdata field... */
+
+static asection *
+section_from_elf_index (abfd, index)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ unsigned int index;
+{
+ /* @@ Is bfd_com_section really correct in all the places it could
+ be returned from this routine? */
+
+ if (index == SHN_ABS)
+ return &bfd_com_section; /* not abs? */
+ if (index == SHN_COMMON)
+ return &bfd_com_section;
+
+ if (index > elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum)
+ return NULL;
+
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[index];
+
+ switch (hdr->sh_type)
+ {
+ /* ELF sections that map to BFD sections */
+ case SHT_PROGBITS:
+ case SHT_NOBITS:
+ case SHT_HASH:
+ case SHT_DYNAMIC:
+ if (hdr->rawdata == NULL)
+ {
+ if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, index))
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ return (struct sec *) hdr->rawdata;
+
+ default:
+ return (struct sec *) &bfd_abs_section;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* given a section, search the header to find them... */
+static int
+elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, asect)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ struct sec *asect;
+{
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
+ int index;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+ int maxindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum;
+
+ if (asect == &bfd_abs_section)
+ return SHN_ABS;
+ if (asect == &bfd_com_section)
+ return SHN_COMMON;
+ if (asect == &bfd_und_section)
+ return SHN_UNDEF;
+
+ for (index = 0; index < maxindex; index++)
+ {
+ hdr = i_shdrp[index];
+ switch (hdr->sh_type)
+ {
+ /* ELF sections that map to BFD sections */
+ case SHT_PROGBITS:
+ case SHT_NOBITS:
+ case SHT_NOTE:
+ case SHT_HASH:
+ case SHT_DYNAMIC:
+ if (hdr->rawdata)
+ {
+ if (((struct sec *) (hdr->rawdata)) == asect)
+ return index;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case SHT_STRTAB:
+ /* fix_up_strtabs will generate STRTAB sections with names
+ of .stab*str. */
+ if (!strncmp (asect->name, ".stab", 5)
+ && !strcmp ("str", asect->name + strlen (asect->name) - 3))
+ {
+ if (hdr->rawdata)
+ {
+ if (((struct sec *) (hdr->rawdata)) == asect)
+ return index;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ /* FALL THROUGH */
+ default:
+ {
+ struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+
+ if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
+ {
+ int retval;
+
+ retval = index;
+ if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
+ (abfd, hdr, asect, &retval))
+ return retval;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return -1;
+}
+
+/* given a symbol, return the bfd index for that symbol. */
+static int
+elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, asym_ptr_ptr)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ struct symbol_cache_entry **asym_ptr_ptr;
+{
+ struct symbol_cache_entry *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
+ int idx;
+ flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
+
+ /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
+ own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
+ symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
+ relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
+ input sections rather than the output section. */
+ if (asym_ptr->udata == (PTR) 0
+ && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
+ && asym_ptr->section)
+ {
+ int indx;
+
+ if (asym_ptr->section->output_section != NULL)
+ indx = asym_ptr->section->output_section->index;
+ else
+ indx = asym_ptr->section->index;
+ if (elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx])
+ asym_ptr->udata = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata;
+ }
+
+ if (asym_ptr->udata)
+ idx = ((Elf_Sym_Extra *) asym_ptr->udata)->elf_sym_num;
+ else
+ {
+ abort ();
+ }
+
+#if DEBUG & 4
+ {
+
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx %s\n",
+ (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags, elf_symbol_flags (flags));
+ fflush (stderr);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return idx;
+}
+
+static long
+elf_slurp_symbol_table (abfd, symptrs, dynamic)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ asymbol **symptrs; /* Buffer for generated bfd symbols */
+ boolean dynamic;
+{
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+ long symcount; /* Number of external ELF symbols */
+ elf_symbol_type *sym; /* Pointer to current bfd symbol */
+ elf_symbol_type *symbase; /* Buffer for generated bfd symbols */
+ Elf_Internal_Sym i_sym;
+ Elf_External_Sym *x_symp = NULL;
+
+ /* Read each raw ELF symbol, converting from external ELF form to
+ internal ELF form, and then using the information to create a
+ canonical bfd symbol table entry.
+
+ Note that we allocate the initial bfd canonical symbol buffer
+ based on a one-to-one mapping of the ELF symbols to canonical
+ symbols. We actually use all the ELF symbols, so there will be no
+ space left over at the end. When we have all the symbols, we
+ build the caller's pointer vector. */
+
+ if (dynamic)
+ hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
+ else
+ hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
+ if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) == -1)
+ return -1;
+
+ symcount = hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym);
+
+ if (symcount == 0)
+ sym = symbase = NULL;
+ else
+ {
+ long i;
+
+ if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) == -1)
+ return -1;
+
+ symbase = ((elf_symbol_type *)
+ bfd_zalloc (abfd, symcount * sizeof (elf_symbol_type)));
+ if (symbase == (elf_symbol_type *) NULL)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ sym = symbase;
+
+ /* Temporarily allocate room for the raw ELF symbols. */
+ x_symp = ((Elf_External_Sym *)
+ malloc (symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)));
+ if (x_symp == NULL && symcount != 0)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ goto error_return;
+ }
+
+ if (bfd_read ((PTR) x_symp, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym), symcount, abfd)
+ != symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym))
+ goto error_return;
+ /* Skip first symbol, which is a null dummy. */
+ for (i = 1; i < symcount; i++)
+ {
+ elf_swap_symbol_in (abfd, x_symp + i, &i_sym);
+ memcpy (&sym->internal_elf_sym, &i_sym, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
+#ifdef ELF_KEEP_EXTSYM
+ memcpy (&sym->native_elf_sym, x_symp + i, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym));
+#endif
+ sym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
+
+ sym->symbol.name = elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
+ i_sym.st_name);
+
+ sym->symbol.value = i_sym.st_value;
+
+ if (i_sym.st_shndx > 0 && i_sym.st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE)
+ {
+ sym->symbol.section = section_from_elf_index (abfd,
+ i_sym.st_shndx);
+ if (sym->symbol.section == NULL)
+ {
+ /* This symbol is in a section for which we did not
+ create a BFD section. Just use bfd_abs_section,
+ although it is wrong. FIXME. */
+ sym->symbol.section = &bfd_abs_section;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (i_sym.st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
+ {
+ sym->symbol.section = &bfd_abs_section;
+ }
+ else if (i_sym.st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
+ {
+ sym->symbol.section = &bfd_com_section;
+ /* Elf puts the alignment into the `value' field, and
+ the size into the `size' field. BFD wants to see the
+ size in the value field, and doesn't care (at the
+ moment) about the alignment. */
+ sym->symbol.value = i_sym.st_size;
+ }
+ else if (i_sym.st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
+ {
+ sym->symbol.section = &bfd_und_section;
+ }
+ else
+ sym->symbol.section = &bfd_abs_section;
+
+ sym->symbol.value -= sym->symbol.section->vma;
+
+ switch (ELF_ST_BIND (i_sym.st_info))
+ {
+ case STB_LOCAL:
+ sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_LOCAL;
+ break;
+ case STB_GLOBAL:
+ sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
+ break;
+ case STB_WEAK:
+ sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_WEAK;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (i_sym.st_info))
+ {
+ case STT_SECTION:
+ sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DEBUGGING;
+ break;
+ case STT_FILE:
+ sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_FILE | BSF_DEBUGGING;
+ break;
+ case STT_FUNC:
+ sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (dynamic)
+ sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_DYNAMIC;
+
+ /* Do some backend-specific processing on this symbol. */
+ {
+ struct elf_backend_data *ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+ if (ebd->elf_backend_symbol_processing)
+ (*ebd->elf_backend_symbol_processing) (abfd, &sym->symbol);
+ }
+
+ sym++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Do some backend-specific processing on this symbol table. */
+ {
+ struct elf_backend_data *ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+ if (ebd->elf_backend_symbol_table_processing)
+ (*ebd->elf_backend_symbol_table_processing) (abfd, symbase, symcount);
+ }
+
+ /* We rely on the zalloc to clear out the final symbol entry. */
+
+ symcount = sym - symbase;
+
+ /* Fill in the user's symbol pointer vector if needed. */
+ if (symptrs)
+ {
+ long l = symcount;
+
+ sym = symbase;
+ while (l-- > 0)
+ {
+ *symptrs++ = &sym->symbol;
+ sym++;
+ }
+ *symptrs = 0; /* Final null pointer */
+ }
+
+ if (x_symp != NULL)
+ free (x_symp);
+ return symcount;
+error_return:
+ if (x_symp != NULL)
+ free (x_symp);
+ return -1;
+}
+
+/* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
+
+ Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
+ the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
+ always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
+
+long
+elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd)
+ bfd *abfd;
+{
+ long symcount;
+ long symtab_size;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
+
+ symcount = hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym);
+ symtab_size = (symcount - 1 + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
+
+ return symtab_size;
+}
+
+long
+elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (abfd)
+ bfd *abfd;
+{
+ long symcount;
+ long symtab_size;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
+
+ symcount = hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym);
+ symtab_size = (symcount - 1 + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
+
+ return symtab_size;
+}
+
+/*
+ This function return the number of bytes required to store the
+ relocation information associated with section <<sect>>
+ attached to bfd <<abfd>>
+
+*/
+long
+elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, asect)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ sec_ptr asect;
+{
+ if (asect->flags & SEC_RELOC)
+ {
+ /* either rel or rela */
+ return elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr.sh_size;
+ }
+ else
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static boolean
+elf_slurp_reloca_table (abfd, asect, symbols)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ sec_ptr asect;
+ asymbol **symbols;
+{
+ Elf_External_Rela *native_relocs;
+ arelent *reloc_cache;
+ arelent *cache_ptr;
+
+ unsigned int idx;
+
+ if (asect->relocation)
+ return true;
+ if (asect->reloc_count == 0)
+ return true;
+ if (asect->flags & SEC_CONSTRUCTOR)
+ return true;
+
+ if (bfd_seek (abfd, asect->rel_filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+ return false;
+ native_relocs = (Elf_External_Rela *)
+ bfd_alloc (abfd, asect->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf_External_Rela));
+ if (!native_relocs)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return false;
+ }
+ if (bfd_read ((PTR) native_relocs,
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Rela), asect->reloc_count, abfd)
+ != sizeof (Elf_External_Rela) * asect->reloc_count)
+ return false;
+
+ reloc_cache = (arelent *)
+ bfd_alloc (abfd, (size_t) (asect->reloc_count * sizeof (arelent)));
+
+ if (!reloc_cache)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ for (idx = 0; idx < asect->reloc_count; idx++)
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Rela dst;
+ Elf_External_Rela *src;
+
+ cache_ptr = reloc_cache + idx;
+ src = native_relocs + idx;
+ elf_swap_reloca_in (abfd, src, &dst);
+
+#ifdef RELOC_PROCESSING
+ RELOC_PROCESSING (cache_ptr, &dst, symbols, abfd, asect);
+#else
+ if (asect->flags & SEC_RELOC)
+ {
+ /* relocatable, so the offset is off of the section */
+ cache_ptr->address = dst.r_offset + asect->vma;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* non-relocatable, so the offset a virtual address */
+ cache_ptr->address = dst.r_offset;
+ }
+
+ /* ELF_R_SYM(dst.r_info) is the symbol table offset. An offset
+ of zero points to the dummy symbol, which was not read into
+ the symbol table SYMBOLS. */
+ if (ELF_R_SYM (dst.r_info) == 0)
+ cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr = bfd_abs_section.symbol_ptr_ptr;
+ else
+ {
+ asymbol *s;
+
+ cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr = symbols + ELF_R_SYM (dst.r_info) - 1;
+
+ /* Translate any ELF section symbol into a BFD section
+ symbol. */
+ s = *(cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr);
+ if (s->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
+ {
+ cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr = s->section->symbol_ptr_ptr;
+ s = *cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr;
+ if (s->name == 0 || s->name[0] == 0)
+ abort ();
+ }
+ }
+ cache_ptr->addend = dst.r_addend;
+
+ /* Fill in the cache_ptr->howto field from dst.r_type */
+ {
+ struct elf_backend_data *ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+ (*ebd->elf_info_to_howto) (abfd, cache_ptr, &dst);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ asect->relocation = reloc_cache;
+ return true;
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+static void
+elf_debug_section (str, num, hdr)
+ char *str;
+ int num;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+{
+ fprintf (stderr, "\nSection#%d '%s' 0x%.8lx\n", num, str, (long) hdr);
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ "sh_name = %ld\tsh_type = %ld\tsh_flags = %ld\n",
+ (long) hdr->sh_name,
+ (long) hdr->sh_type,
+ (long) hdr->sh_flags);
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ "sh_addr = %ld\tsh_offset = %ld\tsh_size = %ld\n",
+ (long) hdr->sh_addr,
+ (long) hdr->sh_offset,
+ (long) hdr->sh_size);
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ "sh_link = %ld\tsh_info = %ld\tsh_addralign = %ld\n",
+ (long) hdr->sh_link,
+ (long) hdr->sh_info,
+ (long) hdr->sh_addralign);
+ fprintf (stderr, "sh_entsize = %ld\n",
+ (long) hdr->sh_entsize);
+ fprintf (stderr, "rawdata = 0x%.8lx\n", (long) hdr->rawdata);
+ fprintf (stderr, "contents = 0x%.8lx\n", (long) hdr->contents);
+ fprintf (stderr, "size = %ld\n", (long) hdr->size);
+ fflush (stderr);
+}
+
+static void
+elf_debug_file (ehdrp)
+ Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdrp;
+{
+ fprintf (stderr, "e_entry = 0x%.8lx\n", (long) ehdrp->e_entry);
+ fprintf (stderr, "e_phoff = %ld\n", (long) ehdrp->e_phoff);
+ fprintf (stderr, "e_phnum = %ld\n", (long) ehdrp->e_phnum);
+ fprintf (stderr, "e_phentsize = %ld\n", (long) ehdrp->e_phentsize);
+ fprintf (stderr, "e_shoff = %ld\n", (long) ehdrp->e_shoff);
+ fprintf (stderr, "e_shnum = %ld\n", (long) ehdrp->e_shnum);
+ fprintf (stderr, "e_shentsize = %ld\n", (long) ehdrp->e_shentsize);
+}
+#endif
+
+static boolean
+elf_slurp_reloc_table (abfd, asect, symbols)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ sec_ptr asect;
+ asymbol **symbols;
+{
+ Elf_External_Rel *native_relocs;
+ arelent *reloc_cache;
+ arelent *cache_ptr;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *data_hdr;
+ bfd_vma data_off;
+ unsigned long data_max;
+ char buf[4]; /* FIXME -- might be elf64 */
+
+ unsigned int idx;
+
+ if (asect->relocation)
+ return true;
+ if (asect->reloc_count == 0)
+ return true;
+ if (asect->flags & SEC_CONSTRUCTOR)
+ return true;
+
+ if (bfd_seek (abfd, asect->rel_filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+ return false;
+ native_relocs = (Elf_External_Rel *)
+ bfd_alloc (abfd, asect->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf_External_Rel));
+ if (!native_relocs)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return false;
+ }
+ if (bfd_read ((PTR) native_relocs,
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Rel), asect->reloc_count, abfd)
+ != sizeof (Elf_External_Rel) * asect->reloc_count)
+ return false;
+
+ reloc_cache = (arelent *)
+ bfd_alloc (abfd, (size_t) (asect->reloc_count * sizeof (arelent)));
+
+ if (!reloc_cache)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Get the offset of the start of the segment we are relocating to read in
+ the implicit addend. */
+ data_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
+ data_off = data_hdr->sh_offset;
+ data_max = data_hdr->sh_size - sizeof (buf) + 1;
+
+#if DEBUG & 2
+ elf_debug_section ("data section", -1, data_hdr);
+#endif
+
+ for (idx = 0; idx < asect->reloc_count; idx++)
+ {
+#ifdef RELOC_PROCESSING
+ Elf_Internal_Rel dst;
+ Elf_External_Rel *src;
+
+ cache_ptr = reloc_cache + idx;
+ src = native_relocs + idx;
+ elf_swap_reloc_in (abfd, src, &dst);
+
+ RELOC_PROCESSING (cache_ptr, &dst, symbols, abfd, asect);
+#else
+ Elf_Internal_Rel dst;
+ Elf_External_Rel *src;
+
+ cache_ptr = reloc_cache + idx;
+ src = native_relocs + idx;
+
+ elf_swap_reloc_in (abfd, src, &dst);
+
+ if (asect->flags & SEC_RELOC)
+ {
+ /* relocatable, so the offset is off of the section */
+ cache_ptr->address = dst.r_offset + asect->vma;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* non-relocatable, so the offset a virtual address */
+ cache_ptr->address = dst.r_offset;
+ }
+
+ /* ELF_R_SYM(dst.r_info) is the symbol table offset. An offset
+ of zero points to the dummy symbol, which was not read into
+ the symbol table SYMBOLS. */
+ if (ELF_R_SYM (dst.r_info) == 0)
+ cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr = bfd_abs_section.symbol_ptr_ptr;
+ else
+ {
+ asymbol *s;
+
+ cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr = symbols + ELF_R_SYM (dst.r_info) - 1;
+
+ /* Translate any ELF section symbol into a BFD section
+ symbol. */
+ s = *(cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr);
+ if (s->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
+ {
+ cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr = s->section->symbol_ptr_ptr;
+ s = *cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr;
+ if (s->name == 0 || s->name[0] == 0)
+ abort ();
+ }
+ }
+ BFD_ASSERT (dst.r_offset <= data_max);
+ cache_ptr->addend = 0;
+
+ /* Fill in the cache_ptr->howto field from dst.r_type */
+ {
+ struct elf_backend_data *ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+ (*ebd->elf_info_to_howto_rel) (abfd, cache_ptr, &dst);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ asect->relocation = reloc_cache;
+ return true;
+}
+
+long
+elf_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, section, relptr, symbols)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ sec_ptr section;
+ arelent **relptr;
+ asymbol **symbols;
+{
+ arelent *tblptr = section->relocation;
+ unsigned int count = 0;
+ int use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p;
+
+ /* snarfed from coffcode.h */
+ if (use_rela_p)
+ {
+ if (! elf_slurp_reloca_table (abfd, section, symbols))
+ return -1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (! elf_slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols))
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ tblptr = section->relocation;
+
+ for (; count++ < section->reloc_count;)
+ *relptr++ = tblptr++;
+
+ *relptr = 0;
+ return section->reloc_count;
+}
+
+long
+elf_get_symtab (abfd, alocation)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ asymbol **alocation;
+{
+ long symcount = elf_slurp_symbol_table (abfd, alocation, false);
+
+ if (symcount >= 0)
+ bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
+ return symcount;
+}
+
+long
+elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (abfd, alocation)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ asymbol **alocation;
+{
+ return elf_slurp_symbol_table (abfd, alocation, true);
+}
+
+asymbol *
+elf_make_empty_symbol (abfd)
+ bfd *abfd;
+{
+ elf_symbol_type *newsym;
+
+ newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (elf_symbol_type));
+ if (!newsym)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
+ return &newsym->symbol;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+elf_get_symbol_info (ignore_abfd, symbol, ret)
+ bfd *ignore_abfd;
+ asymbol *symbol;
+ symbol_info *ret;
+{
+ bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
+}
+
+void
+elf_print_symbol (ignore_abfd, filep, symbol, how)
+ bfd *ignore_abfd;
+ PTR filep;
+ asymbol *symbol;
+ bfd_print_symbol_type how;
+{
+ FILE *file = (FILE *) filep;
+ switch (how)
+ {
+ case bfd_print_symbol_name:
+ fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
+ break;
+ case bfd_print_symbol_more:
+ fprintf (file, "elf ");
+ fprintf_vma (file, symbol->value);
+ fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags);
+ break;
+ case bfd_print_symbol_all:
+ {
+ CONST char *section_name;
+ section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
+ bfd_print_symbol_vandf ((PTR) file, symbol);
+ fprintf (file, " %s\t%s",
+ section_name,
+ symbol->name);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+}
+
+alent *
+elf_get_lineno (ignore_abfd, symbol)
+ bfd *ignore_abfd;
+ asymbol *symbol;
+{
+ fprintf (stderr, "elf_get_lineno unimplemented\n");
+ fflush (stderr);
+ BFD_FAIL ();
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+boolean
+elf_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ enum bfd_architecture arch;
+ unsigned long machine;
+{
+ /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
+ isn't the generic backend, fail. */
+ if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
+ && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
+ && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
+ return false;
+
+ return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
+}
+
+boolean
+elf_find_nearest_line (abfd,
+ section,
+ symbols,
+ offset,
+ filename_ptr,
+ functionname_ptr,
+ line_ptr)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ asection *section;
+ asymbol **symbols;
+ bfd_vma offset;
+ CONST char **filename_ptr;
+ CONST char **functionname_ptr;
+ unsigned int *line_ptr;
+{
+ return false;
+}
+
+int
+elf_sizeof_headers (abfd, reloc)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ boolean reloc;
+{
+ int ret;
+
+ ret = sizeof (Elf_External_Ehdr);
+ if (! reloc)
+ ret += get_program_header_size (abfd);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+boolean
+elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ sec_ptr section;
+ PTR location;
+ file_ptr offset;
+ bfd_size_type count;
+{
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+
+ if (! abfd->output_has_begun
+ && ! elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd,
+ (struct bfd_link_info *) NULL))
+ return false;
+
+ hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
+
+ if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset + offset, SEEK_SET) == -1)
+ return false;
+ if (bfd_write (location, 1, count, abfd) != count)
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void
+elf_no_info_to_howto (abfd, cache_ptr, dst)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ arelent *cache_ptr;
+ Elf_Internal_Rela *dst;
+{
+ fprintf (stderr, "elf RELA relocation support for target machine unimplemented\n");
+ fflush (stderr);
+ BFD_FAIL ();
+}
+
+void
+elf_no_info_to_howto_rel (abfd, cache_ptr, dst)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ arelent *cache_ptr;
+ Elf_Internal_Rel *dst;
+{
+ fprintf (stderr, "elf REL relocation support for target machine unimplemented\n");
+ fflush (stderr);
+ BFD_FAIL ();
+}
+\f
+
+/* Core file support */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_PROCFS /* Some core file support requires host /proc files */
+#include <sys/procfs.h>
+#else
+#define bfd_prstatus(abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) true
+#define bfd_fpregset(abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) true
+#define bfd_prpsinfo(abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) true
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_PROCFS
+
+static boolean
+bfd_prstatus (abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ char *descdata;
+ int descsz;
+ long filepos;
+{
asection *newsect;
+ prstatus_t *status = (prstatus_t *) 0;
+
+ if (descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
+ {
+ newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".reg");
+ if (newsect == NULL)
+ return false;
+ newsect->_raw_size = sizeof (status->pr_reg);
+ newsect->filepos = filepos + (long) &status->pr_reg;
+ newsect->flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+ newsect->alignment_power = 2;
+ if ((core_prstatus (abfd) = bfd_alloc (abfd, descsz)) != NULL)
+ {
+ memcpy (core_prstatus (abfd), descdata, descsz);
+ }
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* Stash a copy of the prpsinfo structure away for future use. */
+static boolean
+bfd_prpsinfo (abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ char *descdata;
+ int descsz;
+ long filepos;
+{
if (descsz == sizeof (prpsinfo_t))
{
- if ((core_prpsinfo (abfd) = bfd_alloc (abfd, descsz)) != NULL)
+ if ((core_prpsinfo (abfd) = bfd_alloc (abfd, descsz)) == NULL)
{
- memcpy (core_prpsinfo (abfd), descdata, descsz);
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return false;
}
+ memcpy (core_prpsinfo (abfd), descdata, descsz);
}
+ return true;
}
-static void
-DEFUN (bfd_fpregset, (abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos),
- bfd * abfd AND
- char *descdata AND
- int descsz AND
- long filepos)
+static boolean
+bfd_fpregset (abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ char *descdata;
+ int descsz;
+ long filepos;
{
asection *newsect;
newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".reg2");
+ if (newsect == NULL)
+ return false;
newsect->_raw_size = descsz;
newsect->filepos = filepos;
newsect->flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
newsect->alignment_power = 2;
+ return true;
}
#endif /* HAVE_PROCFS */
it exists. */
char *
-DEFUN (elf_core_file_failing_command, (abfd),
- bfd * abfd)
+elf_core_file_failing_command (abfd)
+ bfd *abfd;
{
#ifdef HAVE_PROCFS
if (core_prpsinfo (abfd))
*/
int
-DEFUN (elf_core_file_failing_signal, (abfd),
- bfd * abfd)
+elf_core_file_failing_signal (abfd)
+ bfd *abfd;
{
#ifdef HAVE_PROCFS
if (core_prstatus (abfd))
*/
boolean
-DEFUN (elf_core_file_matches_executable_p, (core_bfd, exec_bfd),
- bfd * core_bfd AND
- bfd * exec_bfd)
+elf_core_file_matches_executable_p (core_bfd, exec_bfd)
+ bfd *core_bfd;
+ bfd *exec_bfd;
{
#ifdef HAVE_PROCFS
char *corename;
if (core_bfd->xvec != exec_bfd->xvec)
{
- bfd_error = system_call_error;
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);
return false;
}
return strcmp (execname, corename) ? false : true;
-#else
-
- return true;
-
-#endif /* HAVE_PROCFS */
-}
-
-/* ELF core files contain a segment of type PT_NOTE, that holds much of
- the information that would normally be available from the /proc interface
- for the process, at the time the process dumped core. Currently this
- includes copies of the prstatus, prpsinfo, and fpregset structures.
-
- Since these structures are potentially machine dependent in size and
- ordering, bfd provides two levels of support for them. The first level,
- available on all machines since it does not require that the host
- have /proc support or the relevant include files, is to create a bfd
- section for each of the prstatus, prpsinfo, and fpregset structures,
- without any interpretation of their contents. With just this support,
- the bfd client will have to interpret the structures itself. Even with
- /proc support, it might want these full structures for it's own reasons.
-
- In the second level of support, where HAVE_PROCFS is defined, bfd will
- pick apart the structures to gather some additional information that
- clients may want, such as the general register set, the name of the
- exec'ed file and its arguments, the signal (if any) that caused the
- core dump, etc.
-
- */
-
-static boolean
-DEFUN (elf_corefile_note, (abfd, hdr),
- bfd * abfd AND
- Elf_Internal_Phdr * hdr)
-{
- Elf_External_Note *x_note_p; /* Elf note, external form */
- Elf_Internal_Note i_note; /* Elf note, internal form */
- char *buf = NULL; /* Entire note segment contents */
- char *namedata; /* Name portion of the note */
- char *descdata; /* Descriptor portion of the note */
- char *sectname; /* Name to use for new section */
- long filepos; /* File offset to descriptor data */
- asection *newsect;
-
- if (hdr->p_filesz > 0
- && (buf = (char *) bfd_xmalloc (hdr->p_filesz)) != NULL
- && bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->p_offset, SEEK_SET) != -1
- && bfd_read ((PTR) buf, hdr->p_filesz, 1, abfd) == hdr->p_filesz)
- {
- x_note_p = (Elf_External_Note *) buf;
- while ((char *) x_note_p < (buf + hdr->p_filesz))
- {
- i_note.namesz = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) x_note_p->namesz);
- i_note.descsz = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) x_note_p->descsz);
- i_note.type = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) x_note_p->type);
- namedata = x_note_p->name;
- descdata = namedata + BFD_ALIGN (i_note.namesz, 4);
- filepos = hdr->p_offset + (descdata - buf);
- switch (i_note.type)
- {
- case NT_PRSTATUS:
- /* process descdata as prstatus info */
- bfd_prstatus (abfd, descdata, i_note.descsz, filepos);
- sectname = ".prstatus";
- break;
- case NT_FPREGSET:
- /* process descdata as fpregset info */
- bfd_fpregset (abfd, descdata, i_note.descsz, filepos);
- sectname = ".fpregset";
- break;
- case NT_PRPSINFO:
- /* process descdata as prpsinfo */
- bfd_prpsinfo (abfd, descdata, i_note.descsz, filepos);
- sectname = ".prpsinfo";
- break;
- default:
- /* Unknown descriptor, just ignore it. */
- sectname = NULL;
- break;
- }
- if (sectname != NULL)
- {
- newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, sectname);
- newsect->_raw_size = i_note.descsz;
- newsect->filepos = filepos;
- newsect->flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
- newsect->alignment_power = 2;
- }
- x_note_p = (Elf_External_Note *)
- (descdata + BFD_ALIGN (i_note.descsz, 4));
- }
- }
- if (buf != NULL)
- {
- free (buf);
- }
- return true;
-
-}
-
-
-/* Read a specified number of bytes at a specified offset in an ELF
- file, into a newly allocated buffer, and return a pointer to the
- buffer. */
-
-static char *
-DEFUN (elf_read, (abfd, offset, size),
- bfd * abfd AND
- long offset AND
- int size)
-{
- char *buf;
-
- if ((buf = bfd_alloc (abfd, size)) == NULL)
- {
- bfd_error = no_memory;
- return NULL;
- }
- if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) == -1)
- {
- bfd_error = system_call_error;
- return NULL;
- }
- if (bfd_read ((PTR) buf, size, 1, abfd) != size)
- {
- bfd_error = system_call_error;
- return NULL;
- }
- return buf;
-}
-
-/* Begin processing a given object.
-
- First we validate the file by reading in the ELF header and checking
- the magic number. */
-
-static INLINE boolean
-DEFUN (elf_file_p, (x_ehdrp), Elf_External_Ehdr * x_ehdrp)
-{
- return ((x_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] == ELFMAG0)
- && (x_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] == ELFMAG1)
- && (x_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] == ELFMAG2)
- && (x_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] == ELFMAG3));
-}
-
-bfd_target *
-DEFUN (elf_object_p, (abfd), bfd * abfd)
-{
- Elf_External_Ehdr x_ehdr; /* Elf file header, external form */
- Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
- Elf_External_Shdr x_shdr; /* Section header table entry, external form */
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
- int shindex;
- char *shstrtab; /* Internal copy of section header stringtab */
- struct elf_backend_data *ebd; /* Use to get ELF_ARCH stored in xvec */
-
- /* Read in the ELF header in external format. */
-
- if (bfd_read ((PTR) & x_ehdr, sizeof (x_ehdr), 1, abfd) != sizeof (x_ehdr))
- {
- bfd_error = system_call_error;
- return NULL;
- }
-
- /* Now check to see if we have a valid ELF file, and one that BFD can
- make use of. The magic number must match, the address size ('class')
- and byte-swapping must match our XVEC entry, and it must have a
- section header table (FIXME: See comments re sections at top of this
- file). */
-
- if (elf_file_p (&x_ehdr) == false)
- {
- wrong:
- bfd_error = wrong_format;
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_VERSION] != EV_CURRENT)
- goto wrong;
-
- {
- unsigned int class = 0x12345;
-#if ARCH_SIZE == 64
- class = ELFCLASS64;
-#endif
-#if ARCH_SIZE == 32
- class = ELFCLASS32;
-#endif
- if (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_CLASS] != class)
- goto wrong;
- }
-
- /* Switch xvec to match the specified byte order. */
- switch (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_DATA])
- {
- case ELFDATA2MSB: /* Big-endian */
- if (!abfd->xvec->header_byteorder_big_p)
- goto wrong;
- break;
- case ELFDATA2LSB: /* Little-endian */
- if (abfd->xvec->header_byteorder_big_p)
- goto wrong;
- break;
- case ELFDATANONE: /* No data encoding specified */
- default: /* Unknown data encoding specified */
- goto wrong;
- }
-
- /* Allocate an instance of the elf_obj_tdata structure and hook it up to
- the tdata pointer in the bfd. */
-
- if (NULL == (elf_tdata (abfd) = (struct elf_obj_tdata *)
- bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata))))
- {
- bfd_error = no_memory;
- return NULL;
- }
-
- /* FIXME: Any `wrong' exits below here will leak memory (tdata). */
-
- /* Now that we know the byte order, swap in the rest of the header */
- i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
- elf_swap_ehdr_in (abfd, &x_ehdr, i_ehdrp);
-
- /* If there is no section header table, we're hosed. */
- if (i_ehdrp->e_shoff == 0)
- goto wrong;
-
- if (i_ehdrp->e_type == ET_EXEC || i_ehdrp->e_type == ET_DYN)
- abfd->flags |= EXEC_P;
-
- /* Retrieve the architecture information from the xvec and verify
- that it matches the machine info stored in the ELF header.
- This allows us to resolve ambiguous formats that might not
- otherwise be distinguishable. */
-
- ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- switch (i_ehdrp->e_machine)
- {
- default:
- case EM_NONE:
- case EM_M32:
- /* Arguably EM_M32 should be bfd_arch_obscure, but then we would
- need both an elf32-obscure target and an elf32-unknown target.
- The distinction is probably not worth worrying about. */
- if (ebd->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
- goto wrong;
- bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_unknown, 0);
- break;
- case EM_SPARC:
- if (ebd->arch != bfd_arch_sparc)
- goto wrong;
- bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sparc, 0);
- break;
- case EM_386:
- if (ebd->arch != bfd_arch_i386)
- goto wrong;
- bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_i386, 0);
- break;
- case EM_68K:
- if (ebd->arch != bfd_arch_m68k)
- goto wrong;
- bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_m68k, 0);
- break;
- case EM_88K:
- if (ebd->arch != bfd_arch_m88k)
- goto wrong;
- bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_m88k, 0);
- break;
- case EM_860:
- if (ebd->arch != bfd_arch_i860)
- goto wrong;
- bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_i860, 0);
- break;
- case EM_MIPS:
- if (ebd->arch != bfd_arch_mips)
- goto wrong;
- bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_mips, 0);
- break;
- case EM_HPPA:
- if (ebd->arch != bfd_arch_hppa)
- goto wrong;
- bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_hppa, 0);
- break;
- }
-
- /* Allocate space for a copy of the section header table in
- internal form, seek to the section header table in the file,
- read it in, and convert it to internal form. As a simple sanity
- check, verify that the what BFD thinks is the size of each section
- header table entry actually matches the size recorded in the file. */
-
- if (i_ehdrp->e_shentsize != sizeof (x_shdr))
- goto wrong;
- i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)
- bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*i_shdrp) * i_ehdrp->e_shnum);
- if (!i_shdrp)
- {
- bfd_error = no_memory;
- return NULL;
- }
- if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_shoff, SEEK_SET) == -1)
- {
- bfd_error = system_call_error;
- return NULL;
- }
- for (shindex = 0; shindex < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; shindex++)
- {
- if (bfd_read ((PTR) & x_shdr, sizeof x_shdr, 1, abfd)
- != sizeof (x_shdr))
- {
- bfd_error = system_call_error;
- return NULL;
- }
- elf_swap_shdr_in (abfd, &x_shdr, i_shdrp + shindex);
- }
-
- elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
-
- /* Read in the string table containing the names of the sections. We
- will need the base pointer to this table later. */
- /* We read this inline now, so that we don't have to go through
- bfd_section_from_shdr with it (since this particular strtab is
- used to find all of the ELF section names.) */
-
- shstrtab = elf_get_str_section (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_shstrndx);
- if (!shstrtab)
- return NULL;
+#else
- /* Once all of the section headers have been read and converted, we
- can start processing them. Note that the first section header is
- a dummy placeholder entry, so we ignore it.
+ return true;
- We also watch for the symbol table section and remember the file
- offset and section size for both the symbol table section and the
- associated string table section. */
+#endif /* HAVE_PROCFS */
+}
- for (shindex = 1; shindex < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; shindex++)
- {
- bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, shindex);
- }
+/* ELF core files contain a segment of type PT_NOTE, that holds much of
+ the information that would normally be available from the /proc interface
+ for the process, at the time the process dumped core. Currently this
+ includes copies of the prstatus, prpsinfo, and fpregset structures.
- /* Remember the entry point specified in the ELF file header. */
+ Since these structures are potentially machine dependent in size and
+ ordering, bfd provides two levels of support for them. The first level,
+ available on all machines since it does not require that the host
+ have /proc support or the relevant include files, is to create a bfd
+ section for each of the prstatus, prpsinfo, and fpregset structures,
+ without any interpretation of their contents. With just this support,
+ the bfd client will have to interpret the structures itself. Even with
+ /proc support, it might want these full structures for it's own reasons.
- bfd_get_start_address (abfd) = i_ehdrp->e_entry;
+ In the second level of support, where HAVE_PROCFS is defined, bfd will
+ pick apart the structures to gather some additional information that
+ clients may want, such as the general register set, the name of the
+ exec'ed file and its arguments, the signal (if any) that caused the
+ core dump, etc.
- return abfd->xvec;
-}
+ */
-/*
- Takes a bfd and a symbol, returns a pointer to the elf specific area
- of the symbol if there is one.
- */
-static INLINE elf_symbol_type *
-DEFUN (elf_symbol_from, (ignore_abfd, symbol),
- bfd * ignore_abfd AND
- asymbol * symbol)
+static boolean
+elf_corefile_note (abfd, hdr)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr;
{
- if (symbol->the_bfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
- return 0;
+ Elf_External_Note *x_note_p; /* Elf note, external form */
+ Elf_Internal_Note i_note; /* Elf note, internal form */
+ char *buf = NULL; /* Entire note segment contents */
+ char *namedata; /* Name portion of the note */
+ char *descdata; /* Descriptor portion of the note */
+ char *sectname; /* Name to use for new section */
+ long filepos; /* File offset to descriptor data */
+ asection *newsect;
- if (symbol->the_bfd->tdata.elf_obj_data == (struct elf_obj_tdata *) NULL)
- return 0;
+ if (hdr->p_filesz > 0
+ && (buf = (char *) malloc (hdr->p_filesz)) != NULL
+ && bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->p_offset, SEEK_SET) != -1
+ && bfd_read ((PTR) buf, hdr->p_filesz, 1, abfd) == hdr->p_filesz)
+ {
+ x_note_p = (Elf_External_Note *) buf;
+ while ((char *) x_note_p < (buf + hdr->p_filesz))
+ {
+ i_note.namesz = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) x_note_p->namesz);
+ i_note.descsz = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) x_note_p->descsz);
+ i_note.type = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) x_note_p->type);
+ namedata = x_note_p->name;
+ descdata = namedata + BFD_ALIGN (i_note.namesz, 4);
+ filepos = hdr->p_offset + (descdata - buf);
+ switch (i_note.type)
+ {
+ case NT_PRSTATUS:
+ /* process descdata as prstatus info */
+ if (! bfd_prstatus (abfd, descdata, i_note.descsz, filepos))
+ return false;
+ sectname = ".prstatus";
+ break;
+ case NT_FPREGSET:
+ /* process descdata as fpregset info */
+ if (! bfd_fpregset (abfd, descdata, i_note.descsz, filepos))
+ return false;
+ sectname = ".fpregset";
+ break;
+ case NT_PRPSINFO:
+ /* process descdata as prpsinfo */
+ if (! bfd_prpsinfo (abfd, descdata, i_note.descsz, filepos))
+ return false;
+ sectname = ".prpsinfo";
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* Unknown descriptor, just ignore it. */
+ sectname = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (sectname != NULL)
+ {
+ newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, sectname);
+ if (newsect == NULL)
+ return false;
+ newsect->_raw_size = i_note.descsz;
+ newsect->filepos = filepos;
+ newsect->flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+ newsect->alignment_power = 2;
+ }
+ x_note_p = (Elf_External_Note *)
+ (descdata + BFD_ALIGN (i_note.descsz, 4));
+ }
+ }
+ if (buf != NULL)
+ {
+ free (buf);
+ }
+ else if (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return false;
+ }
+ return true;
- return (elf_symbol_type *) symbol;
}
/* Core files are simply standard ELF formatted files that partition
*/
bfd_target *
-DEFUN (elf_core_file_p, (abfd), bfd * abfd)
+elf_core_file_p (abfd)
+ bfd *abfd;
{
Elf_External_Ehdr x_ehdr; /* Elf file header, external form */
Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
Elf_External_Phdr x_phdr; /* Program header table entry, external form */
Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp; /* Program header table, internal form */
unsigned int phindex;
+ struct elf_backend_data *ebd;
/* Read in the ELF header in external format. */
if (bfd_read ((PTR) & x_ehdr, sizeof (x_ehdr), 1, abfd) != sizeof (x_ehdr))
{
- bfd_error = system_call_error;
+ if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
return NULL;
}
if (elf_file_p (&x_ehdr) == false)
{
wrong:
- bfd_error = wrong_format;
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
return NULL;
}
/* FIXME, Check EI_VERSION here ! */
- switch (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_CLASS])
- {
- case ELFCLASSNONE: /* address size not specified */
- goto wrong; /* No support if can't tell address size */
- case ELFCLASS32: /* 32-bit addresses */
- break;
- case ELFCLASS64: /* 64-bit addresses */
- goto wrong; /* FIXME: 64 bits not yet supported */
- default:
- goto wrong; /* No support if unknown address class */
- }
+ {
+#if ARCH_SIZE == 32
+ int desired_address_size = ELFCLASS32;
+#endif
+#if ARCH_SIZE == 64
+ int desired_address_size = ELFCLASS64;
+#endif
+
+ if (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_CLASS] != desired_address_size)
+ goto wrong;
+ }
/* Switch xvec to match the specified byte order. */
switch (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_DATA])
(struct elf_obj_tdata *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
if (elf_tdata (abfd) == NULL)
{
- bfd_error = no_memory;
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
return NULL;
}
/* Now that we know the byte order, swap in the rest of the header */
i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
elf_swap_ehdr_in (abfd, &x_ehdr, i_ehdrp);
-
- /* If there is no program header, or the type is not a core file, then
- we are hosed. */
- if (i_ehdrp->e_phoff == 0 || i_ehdrp->e_type != ET_CORE)
- goto wrong;
-
- /* Allocate space for a copy of the program header table in
- internal form, seek to the program header table in the file,
- read it in, and convert it to internal form. As a simple sanity
- check, verify that the what BFD thinks is the size of each program
- header table entry actually matches the size recorded in the file. */
-
- if (i_ehdrp->e_phentsize != sizeof (x_phdr))
- goto wrong;
- i_phdrp = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *)
- bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*i_phdrp) * i_ehdrp->e_phnum);
- if (!i_phdrp)
- {
- bfd_error = no_memory;
- return NULL;
- }
- if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_phoff, SEEK_SET) == -1)
- {
- bfd_error = system_call_error;
- return NULL;
- }
- for (phindex = 0; phindex < i_ehdrp->e_phnum; phindex++)
- {
- if (bfd_read ((PTR) & x_phdr, sizeof (x_phdr), 1, abfd)
- != sizeof (x_phdr))
- {
- bfd_error = system_call_error;
- return NULL;
- }
- elf_swap_phdr_in (abfd, &x_phdr, i_phdrp + phindex);
- }
-
- /* Once all of the program headers have been read and converted, we
- can start processing them. */
-
- for (phindex = 0; phindex < i_ehdrp->e_phnum; phindex++)
- {
- bfd_section_from_phdr (abfd, i_phdrp + phindex, phindex);
- if ((i_phdrp + phindex)->p_type == PT_NOTE)
- {
- elf_corefile_note (abfd, i_phdrp + phindex);
- }
- }
-
- /* Remember the entry point specified in the ELF file header. */
-
- bfd_get_start_address (abfd) = i_ehdrp->e_entry;
-
- return abfd->xvec;
-}
-
-boolean
-DEFUN (elf_mkobject, (abfd), bfd * abfd)
-{
- /* this just does initialization */
- /* coff_mkobject zalloc's space for tdata.coff_obj_data ... */
- elf_tdata (abfd) = (struct elf_obj_tdata *)
- bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
- if (elf_tdata (abfd) == 0)
- {
- bfd_error = no_memory;
- return false;
- }
- /* since everything is done at close time, do we need any
- initialization? */
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/*
- Create ELF output from BFD sections.
-
- Essentially, just create the section header and forget about the program
- header for now.
-
-*/
-
-#if 0 /* not used */
-static int
-elf_idx_of_sym (abfd, sym)
- bfd *abfd;
- asymbol *sym;
-{
- int i;
- for (i = 0; i < abfd->symcount; i++)
- {
- if (sym == (asymbol *) abfd->outsymbols[i])
- {
- /* sanity check */
- BFD_ASSERT ((strcmp (sym->name, abfd->outsymbols[i]->name) == 0)
- || (strlen (sym->name) == 0));
- return i + 1;
- }
- }
- return STN_UNDEF;
-}
-#endif
-
-static void
-DEFUN (elf_make_sections, (abfd, asect, obj),
- bfd * abfd AND
- asection * asect AND
- PTR obj)
-{
- elf_sect_thunk *thunk = (elf_sect_thunk *) obj;
- /* most of what is in bfd_shdr_from_section goes in here... */
- /* and all of these sections generate at *least* one ELF section. */
- int this_section;
- int idx;
-
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
- this_section = elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, asect);
- this_hdr = &thunk->i_shdrp[this_section];
-
- this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
- this_hdr->sh_size = asect->_raw_size;
- /* contents already set by elf_set_section_contents */
-
- if (asect->flags & SEC_RELOC)
- {
- /* emit a reloc section, and thus strtab and symtab... */
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *rela_hdr;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
- Elf_External_Rela *outbound_relocas;
- Elf_External_Rel *outbound_relocs;
- int rela_section;
- int use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p;
-
- symtab_hdr = &thunk->i_shdrp[thunk->symtab_section];
-
- if (thunk->symtab_section == this_section + 1)
- rela_section = thunk->symtab_section + 2; /* symtab + symstrtab */
- else
- rela_section = this_section + 1;
- rela_hdr = &thunk->i_shdrp[rela_section];
- rela_hdr->sh_link = thunk->symtab_section;
- rela_hdr->sh_info = this_section;
-
- /* orelocation has the data, reloc_count has the count... */
- if (use_rela_p)
- {
- rela_hdr->sh_type = SHT_RELA;
- rela_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Rela);
- rela_hdr->sh_size = rela_hdr->sh_entsize * asect->reloc_count;
- outbound_relocas = (Elf_External_Rela *) bfd_alloc (abfd, rela_hdr->sh_size);
-
- for (idx = 0; idx < asect->reloc_count; idx++)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Rela dst_rela;
- Elf_External_Rela *src_rela;
- arelent *ptr;
-
- ptr = asect->orelocation[idx];
- src_rela = outbound_relocas + idx;
- if (!(abfd->flags & EXEC_P))
- dst_rela.r_offset = ptr->address - asect->vma;
- else
- dst_rela.r_offset = ptr->address;
-
- dst_rela.r_info
- = ELF32_R_INFO (elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, ptr->sym_ptr_ptr),
- ptr->howto->type);
-
- dst_rela.r_addend = ptr->addend;
- elf_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &dst_rela, src_rela);
- }
-
- rela_hdr->contents = (void *) outbound_relocas;
- }
- else
- /* REL relocations */
- {
- rela_hdr->sh_type = SHT_REL;
- rela_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Rel);
- rela_hdr->sh_size = rela_hdr->sh_entsize * asect->reloc_count;
- outbound_relocs = (Elf_External_Rel *)
- bfd_alloc (abfd, rela_hdr->sh_size);
-
- for (idx = 0; idx < asect->reloc_count; idx++)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Rel dst_rel;
- Elf_External_Rel *src_rel;
- arelent *ptr;
-
- ptr = asect->orelocation[idx];
- src_rel = outbound_relocs + idx;
- if (!(abfd->flags & EXEC_P))
- dst_rel.r_offset = ptr->address - asect->vma;
- else
- dst_rel.r_offset = ptr->address;
-
- dst_rel.r_info
- = ELF32_R_INFO (elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, ptr->sym_ptr_ptr),
- ptr->howto->type);
-
- elf_swap_reloc_out (abfd, &dst_rel, src_rel);
-
- /* Update the addend -- FIXME add 64 bit support. */
-#ifdef DEBUG
- fprintf (stderr, "Updating addend: 0x%.8lx = %d, this_section = %d\n",
- (long) ((unsigned char *) (elf_elfsections (abfd)[this_section].contents)
- + dst_rel.r_offset), ptr->addend, this_section);
+#if DEBUG & 1
+ elf_debug_file (i_ehdrp);
#endif
-
- bfd_put_32 (abfd, ptr->addend,
- (unsigned char *) (elf_elfsections (abfd)[this_section].contents)
- + dst_rel.r_offset);
- }
- rela_hdr->contents = (void *) outbound_relocs;
- }
- }
- if (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
- {
- this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
- if (asect->flags & SEC_LOAD)
- {
- /* @@ Do something with sh_type? */
- }
- }
- if (!(asect->flags & SEC_READONLY))
- this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
-
- if (asect->flags & SEC_CODE)
- this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
-}
-static void
-fix_up_strtabs (abfd, asect, obj)
- bfd *abfd;
- asection *asect;
- PTR obj;
-{
- int this_section = elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, asect);
- elf_sect_thunk *thunk = (elf_sect_thunk *) obj;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &thunk->i_shdrp[this_section];
+ ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- /* @@ Check flags! */
- if (!strncmp (asect->name, ".stab", 5)
- && strcmp ("str", asect->name + strlen (asect->name) - 3))
+ /* Check that the ELF e_machine field matches what this particular
+ BFD format expects. */
+ if (ebd->elf_machine_code != i_ehdrp->e_machine)
{
- asection *s;
- char strtab[100]; /* @@ fixed size buffer -- eliminate */
- int stridx;
+ bfd_target **target_ptr;
- strcpy (strtab, asect->name);
- strcat (strtab, "str");
+ if (ebd->elf_machine_code != EM_NONE)
+ goto wrong;
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, strtab);
-#if 0
- fprintf (stderr, "`%s' -> 0x%x\n", strtab, s);
-#endif
- if (s)
+ /* This is the generic ELF target. Let it match any ELF target
+ for which we do not have a specific backend. */
+ for (target_ptr = bfd_target_vector; *target_ptr != NULL; target_ptr++)
{
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *s2 = thunk->i_shdrp;
+ struct elf_backend_data *back;
- for (stridx = 0; /* ?? */; s2++, stridx++)
+ if ((*target_ptr)->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+ continue;
+ back = (struct elf_backend_data *) (*target_ptr)->backend_data;
+ if (back->elf_machine_code == i_ehdrp->e_machine)
{
- if (!strcmp (strtab, s2->sh_name + elf_shstrtab (abfd)->tab))
- break;
+ /* target_ptr is an ELF backend which matches this
+ object file, so reject the generic ELF target. */
+ goto wrong;
}
}
- else
- {
- stridx = 0;
-#if 0
- {
- asection *s2 = abfd->sections;
- fprintf (stderr, " not in:");
- while (s2)
- {
- fprintf (stderr, " %s", s2->name);
- s2 = s2->next;
- }
- fprintf (stderr, "\n");
- }
-#endif
- }
- this_hdr->sh_link = stridx;
- /* @@ Assuming 32 bits! */
- this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0xc;
}
-}
-
-static void
-DEFUN (elf_fake_sections, (abfd, asect, obj),
- bfd * abfd AND
- asection * asect AND
- PTR obj)
-{
- elf_sect_thunk *thunk = (elf_sect_thunk *) obj;
- /* most of what is in bfd_shdr_from_section goes in here... */
- /* and all of these sections generate at *least* one ELF section. */
- int this_section;
-
- /* check if we're making a PROGBITS section... */
- /* if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) && (asect->flags & SEC_LOAD)) */
- /* this was too strict... what *do* we want to check here? */
- if (1)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
- this_section = thunk->i_ehdr->e_shnum++;
- this_hdr = &thunk->i_shdrp[this_section];
- this_hdr->sh_name =
- bfd_add_to_strtab (abfd, thunk->shstrtab, asect->name);
- /* we need to log the type *now* so that elf_section_from_bfd_section
- can find us... have to set rawdata too. */
- this_hdr->rawdata = (void *) asect;
- this_hdr->sh_addralign = asect->alignment_power;
- if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) && (asect->flags & SEC_LOAD))
- this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
- /* @@ Select conditions correctly! */
- else if (!strcmp (asect->name, ".bss"))
- this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
- else
- /* what *do* we put here? */
- this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
+ /* If there is no program header, or the type is not a core file, then
+ we are hosed. */
+ if (i_ehdrp->e_phoff == 0 || i_ehdrp->e_type != ET_CORE)
+ goto wrong;
- {
- /* Emit a strtab and symtab, and possibly a reloc section. */
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *rela_hdr;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
- int rela_section;
- int symstrtab_section;
-
- /* Note that only one symtab is used, so just remember it
- for now. */
- if (!thunk->symtab_section)
- {
- thunk->symtab_section = thunk->i_ehdr->e_shnum++;
- symtab_hdr = &thunk->i_shdrp[thunk->symtab_section];
- symtab_hdr->sh_name =
- bfd_add_to_strtab (abfd, thunk->shstrtab, ".symtab");
- symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
- symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym);
-
- symstrtab_section = thunk->i_ehdr->e_shnum++;
- BFD_ASSERT (symstrtab_section == thunk->symtab_section + 1);
- symstrtab_hdr = &thunk->i_shdrp[symstrtab_section];
- symtab_hdr->sh_link = symstrtab_section;
- symstrtab_hdr->sh_name =
- bfd_add_to_strtab (abfd, thunk->shstrtab, ".strtab");
- symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
-
- symtab_hdr->contents = 0;
- symstrtab_hdr->contents = 0;
- symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = 0;
- }
- else
- symtab_hdr = &thunk->i_shdrp[thunk->symtab_section];
+ /* Allocate space for a copy of the program header table in
+ internal form, seek to the program header table in the file,
+ read it in, and convert it to internal form. As a simple sanity
+ check, verify that the what BFD thinks is the size of each program
+ header table entry actually matches the size recorded in the file. */
- if (asect->flags & SEC_RELOC)
- {
- int use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p;
-
- rela_section = thunk->i_ehdr->e_shnum++;
- rela_hdr = &thunk->i_shdrp[rela_section];
- rela_hdr->sh_name =
- bfd_add_2_to_strtab (abfd, thunk->shstrtab,
- use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel",
- asect->name);
- rela_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
- rela_hdr->sh_link = thunk->symtab_section;
- rela_hdr->sh_info = this_section;
- rela_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Rela);
- }
- }
- if (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
- {
- this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
- if (asect->flags & SEC_LOAD)
- {
- /* @@ Do something with sh_type? */
- }
- }
- if (!(asect->flags & SEC_READONLY))
- this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
- if (asect->flags & SEC_CODE)
- this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
+ if (i_ehdrp->e_phentsize != sizeof (x_phdr))
+ goto wrong;
+ i_phdrp = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *)
+ bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*i_phdrp) * i_ehdrp->e_phnum);
+ if (!i_phdrp)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_phoff, SEEK_SET) == -1)
+ return NULL;
+ for (phindex = 0; phindex < i_ehdrp->e_phnum; phindex++)
+ {
+ if (bfd_read ((PTR) & x_phdr, sizeof (x_phdr), 1, abfd)
+ != sizeof (x_phdr))
+ return NULL;
+ elf_swap_phdr_in (abfd, &x_phdr, i_phdrp + phindex);
}
-}
-
-
-/*
-xxxINTERNAL_FUNCTION
- bfd_elf_locate_sh
-
-xxxSYNOPSIS
- struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_locate_sh (bfd *abfd,
- struct strtab *strtab,
- struct elf_internal_shdr *shdrp,
- CONST char *name);
-
-xxxDESCRIPTION
- Helper function to locate an ELF section header given the
- name of a BFD section.
-*/
-struct elfNAME (internal_shdr) *
-DEFUN (bfd_elf_locate_sh, (abfd, strtab, shdrp, name),
- bfd * abfd AND
- struct strtab *strtab AND
- struct elfNAME (internal_shdr) *shdrp AND
- CONST char *name)
-{
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *gotit = NULL;
- int max, i;
+ /* Once all of the program headers have been read and converted, we
+ can start processing them. */
- if (shdrp != NULL && strtab != NULL)
+ for (phindex = 0; phindex < i_ehdrp->e_phnum; phindex++)
{
- max = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum;
- for (i = 1; i < max; i++)
+ bfd_section_from_phdr (abfd, i_phdrp + phindex, phindex);
+ if ((i_phdrp + phindex)->p_type == PT_NOTE)
{
- if (!strcmp (strtab->tab + shdrp[i].sh_name, name))
- {
- gotit = &shdrp[i];
- }
+ if (! elf_corefile_note (abfd, i_phdrp + phindex))
+ return NULL;
}
}
- return gotit;
-}
-/* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
- all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
+ /* Remember the entry point specified in the ELF file header. */
-static INLINE int
-sym_is_global (sym)
- asymbol *sym;
+ bfd_get_start_address (abfd) = i_ehdrp->e_entry;
+
+ return abfd->xvec;
+}
+\f
+/* ELF linker code. */
+
+static boolean elf_link_add_object_symbols
+ PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+static boolean elf_link_add_archive_symbols
+ PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+static INLINE boolean elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol
+ PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, struct elf_link_hash_entry *));
+static boolean elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
+ PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+static boolean elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
+ PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+
+/* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
+ appropriate. */
+
+boolean
+elf_bfd_link_add_symbols (abfd, info)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
{
- if (sym->flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
+ switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
{
- if (sym->flags & BSF_LOCAL)
- abort ();
- return 1;
+ case bfd_object:
+ return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd, info);
+ case bfd_archive:
+ return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd, info);
+ default:
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+ return false;
}
- if (sym->section == &bfd_und_section)
- return 1;
- if (bfd_is_com_section (sym->section))
- return 1;
- if (sym->flags & (BSF_LOCAL | BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE))
- return 0;
- return 0;
}
-static void
-DEFUN (elf_map_symbols, (abfd), bfd * abfd)
+/* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
+ don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because of a
+ problem which arises on UnixWare. The UnixWare libc.so is an
+ archive which includes an entry libc.so.1 which defines a bunch of
+ symbols. The libc.so archive also includes a number of other
+ object files, which also define symbols, some of which are the same
+ as those defined in libc.so.1. Correct linking requires that we
+ consider each object file in turn, and include it if it defines any
+ symbols we need. _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols does not do
+ this; it looks through the list of undefined symbols, and includes
+ any object file which defines them. When this algorithm is used on
+ UnixWare, it winds up pulling in libc.so.1 early and defining a
+ bunch of symbols. This means that some of the other objects in the
+ archive are not included in the link, which is incorrect since they
+ precede libc.so.1 in the archive.
+
+ Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
+ _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
+ oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
+ symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
+ object file.
+
+ Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
+ table until nothing further is resolved. */
+
+static boolean
+elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd, info)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
{
- int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
- asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
- int num_locals = 0;
- int num_globals = 0;
- int num_locals2 = 0;
- int num_globals2 = 0;
- int num_sections = 0;
- int *symtab_map;
- int idx;
- asection *asect;
+ symindex c;
+ boolean *defined = NULL;
+ boolean *included = NULL;
+ carsym *symdefs;
+ boolean loop;
-#ifdef DEBUG
- fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
- fflush (stderr);
-#endif
+ if (! bfd_has_map (abfd))
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
+ return false;
+ }
- /* Add local symbols for each allocated section
- FIXME -- we should only put out symbols for sections that
- are actually relocated against. */
- for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
+ /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
+ files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
+ second and subsequent passes. */
+ c = bfd_ardata (abfd)->symdef_count;
+ if (c == 0)
+ return true;
+ defined = (boolean *) malloc (c * sizeof (boolean));
+ included = (boolean *) malloc (c * sizeof (boolean));
+ if (defined == (boolean *) NULL || included == (boolean *) NULL)
{
- if (asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_DATA | SEC_CODE))
- num_sections++;
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ goto error_return;
}
+ memset (defined, 0, c * sizeof (boolean));
+ memset (included, 0, c * sizeof (boolean));
- if (num_sections)
+ symdefs = bfd_ardata (abfd)->symdefs;
+
+ do
{
- if (syms)
- syms = (asymbol **) bfd_realloc (abfd, syms,
- ((symcount + num_sections + 1)
- * sizeof (asymbol *)));
- else
- syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc (abfd,
- (num_sections + 1) * sizeof (asymbol *));
+ file_ptr last;
+ symindex i;
+ carsym *symdef;
+ carsym *symdefend;
- for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
+ loop = false;
+ last = -1;
+
+ symdef = symdefs;
+ symdefend = symdef + c;
+ for (i = 0; symdef < symdefend; symdef++, i++)
{
- if (asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_DATA | SEC_CODE))
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+ bfd *element;
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs_tail;
+ symindex mark;
+
+ if (defined[i] || included[i])
+ continue;
+ if (symdef->file_offset == last)
{
- asymbol *sym = syms[symcount++] = bfd_make_empty_symbol (abfd);
- sym->the_bfd = abfd;
- sym->name = asect->name;
- sym->value = asect->vma;
- sym->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
- sym->section = asect;
+ included[i] = true;
+ continue;
}
- }
- syms[symcount] = (asymbol *) 0;
- bfd_set_symtab (abfd, syms, symcount);
- }
+ h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), symdef->name,
+ false, false, false);
+ if (h == (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+ continue;
+ if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
+ {
+ defined[i] = true;
+ continue;
+ }
- elf_symtab_map (abfd) = symtab_map
- = (int *) bfd_alloc (abfd, symcount * sizeof (int *));
+ /* We need to include this archive member. */
- /* Identify and classify all of the symbols. */
- for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
- {
- if (!sym_is_global (syms[idx]))
- num_locals++;
- else
- num_globals++;
+ element = _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd, symdef->file_offset);
+ if (element == (bfd *) NULL)
+ goto error_return;
+
+ if (! bfd_check_format (element, bfd_object))
+ goto error_return;
+
+ /* Doublecheck that we have not included this object
+ already--it should be impossible, but there may be
+ something wrong with the archive. */
+ if (element->archive_pass != 0)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+ goto error_return;
+ }
+ element->archive_pass = 1;
+
+ undefs_tail = info->hash->undefs_tail;
+
+ if (! (*info->callbacks->add_archive_element) (info, element,
+ symdef->name))
+ goto error_return;
+ if (! elf_link_add_object_symbols (element, info))
+ goto error_return;
+
+ /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
+ another pass through the archive in order to see whether
+ they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
+ common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
+ undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
+ does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
+ does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
+ if (undefs_tail != info->hash->undefs_tail)
+ loop = true;
+
+ /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
+ which we have already seen in this pass. */
+ mark = i;
+ do
+ {
+ included[mark] = true;
+ if (mark == 0)
+ break;
+ --mark;
+ }
+ while (symdefs[mark].file_offset == symdef->file_offset);
+
+ /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
+ on through the loop. */
+ last = symdef->file_offset;
+ }
}
+ while (loop);
- /* Now provide mapping information. Add +1 for skipping over the
- dummy symbol. */
- for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
+ free (defined);
+ free (included);
+
+ return true;
+
+ error_return:
+ if (defined != (boolean *) NULL)
+ free (defined);
+ if (included != (boolean *) NULL)
+ free (included);
+ return false;
+}
+
+/* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
+ read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
+ before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections. */
+
+static INLINE boolean
+elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+{
+ if (h->dynindx == -1)
{
- if (!sym_is_global (syms[idx]))
- symtab_map[idx] = 1 + num_locals2++;
- else
- symtab_map[idx] = 1 + num_locals + num_globals2++;
+ h->dynindx = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount;
+ ++elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount;
+ h->dynstr_index = bfd_add_to_strtab (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
+ elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
+ h->root.root.string);
+ if (h->dynstr_index == (unsigned long) -1)
+ return false;
}
- elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
- elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
+ return true;
}
+/* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
static boolean
-DEFUN (elf_compute_section_file_positions, (abfd), bfd * abfd)
+elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd, info)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
{
- Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
- struct strtab *shstrtab;
- int count, maxsections;
- elf_sect_thunk est;
+ boolean (*add_symbol_hook) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *,
+ const Elf_Internal_Sym *,
+ const char **, flagword *,
+ asection **, bfd_vma *));
+ boolean collect;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+ size_t symcount;
+ size_t extsymcount;
+ Elf_External_Sym *buf = NULL;
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hash;
+ boolean dynamic;
+ Elf_External_Dyn *dynbuf = NULL;
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *weaks;
+ Elf_External_Sym *esym;
+ Elf_External_Sym *esymend;
+
+ add_symbol_hook = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_add_symbol_hook;
+ collect = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect;
+
+ hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
+ symcount = hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym);
+
+ /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
+ external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
+ this point. */
+ extsymcount = symcount - hdr->sh_info;
- if (!elf_shstrtab (abfd))
+ buf = (Elf_External_Sym *) malloc (extsymcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym));
+ if (buf == NULL && extsymcount != 0)
{
- i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); /* build new header in tdata memory */
- shstrtab = bfd_new_strtab (abfd);
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ goto error_return;
+ }
- i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
- i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
- i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
- i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
+ /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each external
+ symbol. */
+ sym_hash = ((struct elf_link_hash_entry **)
+ bfd_alloc (abfd,
+ extsymcount * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)));
+ if (sym_hash == NULL)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ goto error_return;
+ }
+ elf_sym_hashes (abfd) = sym_hash;
- i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = ELFCLASS32; /* FIXME: find out from bfd */
- i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
- abfd->xvec->byteorder_big_p ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
- i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = EV_CURRENT;
+ if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type != ET_DYN)
+ dynamic = false;
+ else
+ {
+ asection *s;
+ const char *name;
+ unsigned long strindex;
- for (count = EI_PAD; count < EI_NIDENT; count++)
- i_ehdrp->e_ident[count] = 0;
+ dynamic = true;
- i_ehdrp->e_type = (abfd->flags & EXEC_P) ? ET_EXEC : ET_REL;
- switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
+ /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. There's no hope
+ of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match the
+ format of the output file. */
+ if (info->relocateable
+ || info->hash->creator != abfd->xvec)
{
- case bfd_arch_unknown:
- i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
- break;
- case bfd_arch_sparc:
- i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_SPARC;
- break;
- case bfd_arch_i386:
- i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_386;
- break;
- case bfd_arch_m68k:
- i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_68K;
- break;
- case bfd_arch_m88k:
- i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_88K;
- break;
- case bfd_arch_i860:
- i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_860;
- break;
- case bfd_arch_mips: /* MIPS Rxxxx */
- i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_MIPS; /* only MIPS R3000 */
- break;
- case bfd_arch_hppa:
- i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_HPPA;
- break;
- /* also note that EM_M32, AT&T WE32100 is unknown to bfd */
- default:
- i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+ goto error_return;
}
- i_ehdrp->e_version = EV_CURRENT;
- i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Ehdr);
- /* no program header, for now. */
- i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
- i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
- i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
+ /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
+ object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
+ Otherwise, we use the file name. */
+ name = bfd_get_filename (abfd);
+ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
+ if (s != NULL)
+ {
+ Elf_External_Dyn *extdyn;
+ Elf_External_Dyn *extdynend;
- /* each bfd section is section header entry */
- i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
- i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Shdr);
+ dynbuf = (Elf_External_Dyn *) malloc (s->_raw_size);
+ if (dynbuf == NULL)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ goto error_return;
+ }
- /* figure at most each section can have a rel, strtab, symtab */
- maxsections = 4 * bfd_count_sections (abfd) + 2;
+ if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, (PTR) dynbuf,
+ (file_ptr) 0, s->_raw_size))
+ goto error_return;
- i_ehdrp->e_shoff = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
+ extdyn = dynbuf;
+ extdynend = extdyn + s->_raw_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Dyn);
+ for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn++)
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
- /* and we'll just have to fix up the offsets later. */
- /* outbase += i_ehdr.e_shentsize * i_ehdr.e_shnum; */
+ elf_swap_dyn_in (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
+ if (dyn.d_tag == DT_SONAME)
+ {
+ int elfsec;
+ unsigned long link;
+
+ elfsec = elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
+ if (elfsec == -1)
+ goto error_return;
+ link = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
+ name = elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, link,
+ dyn.d_un.d_val);
+ if (name == NULL)
+ goto error_return;
+
+ break;
+ }
+ }
- i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)
- bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*i_shdrp) * maxsections);
- if (!i_shdrp)
- {
- bfd_error = no_memory;
- return false;
+ free (dynbuf);
+ dynbuf = NULL;
}
- for (count = 0; count < maxsections; count++)
+
+ /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
+ object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
+ list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
+ cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
+ SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
+ still implies that the section takes up space in the output
+ file. */
+ abfd->sections = NULL;
+
+ /* If this is the first dynamic object found in the link, create
+ the special sections required for dynamic linking. We need
+ to put them somewhere, and attaching them to the first
+ dynamic object is as good place as any. */
+ if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj == NULL)
{
- i_shdrp[count].rawdata = 0;
- i_shdrp[count].contents = 0;
+ if (! elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
+ goto error_return;
+ elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = abfd;
}
-
- i_shdrp[0].sh_name = 0;
- i_shdrp[0].sh_type = SHT_NULL;
- i_shdrp[0].sh_flags = 0;
- i_shdrp[0].sh_addr = 0;
- i_shdrp[0].sh_offset = 0;
- i_shdrp[0].sh_size = 0;
- i_shdrp[0].sh_link = SHN_UNDEF;
- i_shdrp[0].sh_info = 0;
- i_shdrp[0].sh_addralign = 0;
- i_shdrp[0].sh_entsize = 0;
-
- i_ehdrp->e_shnum = 1;
-
- elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
- elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
+ /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object. */
+ strindex = bfd_add_to_strtab (abfd,
+ elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
+ name);
+
+ if (strindex == (unsigned long) -1)
+ goto error_return;
+ if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_NEEDED, strindex))
+ goto error_return;
}
- est.i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
- est.i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
- est.shstrtab = elf_shstrtab (abfd);
- est.symtab_section = 0; /* elf_fake_sections fills it in */
-
- elf_map_symbols (abfd);
- bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &est);
- {
- asection *secp;
- asection *psecp = (asection *) 0;
- int idx;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *shp;
- for (idx = 0, secp = abfd->sections; secp; idx++, secp = secp->next)
- {
- if (psecp == (asection *) 0)
- {
- secp->filepos = est.i_ehdr->e_shoff + (est.i_ehdr->e_shnum + 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Shdr);
- }
- else
- {
- secp->filepos = psecp->filepos + psecp->_cooked_size;
- }
- shp = bfd_elf_locate_sh (abfd, est.shstrtab, est.i_shdrp, secp->name);
- if (shp)
- shp->sh_offset = secp->filepos;
- psecp = secp;
- }
- }
- elf_onesymtab (abfd) = est.symtab_section;
- return true;
-}
+ if (bfd_seek (abfd,
+ hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_info * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym),
+ SEEK_SET) != 0
+ || (bfd_read ((PTR) buf, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym), extsymcount, abfd)
+ != extsymcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)))
+ goto error_return;
-static boolean
-DEFUN (elf_write_phdrs, (abfd, i_ehdrp, i_phdrp, phdr_cnt),
- bfd * abfd AND
- Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp AND
- Elf_Internal_Phdr * i_phdrp AND
- Elf32_Half phdr_cnt)
-{
- /* first program header entry goes after the file header */
- int outbase = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
- int i;
- Elf_External_Phdr x_phdr;
+ weaks = NULL;
- for (i = 0; i < phdr_cnt; i++)
+ esymend = buf + extsymcount;
+ for (esym = buf; esym < esymend; esym++, sym_hash++)
{
- elf_swap_phdr_out (abfd, i_phdrp + i, &x_phdr);
- bfd_seek (abfd, outbase, SEEK_SET);
- bfd_write ((PTR) & x_phdr, sizeof (x_phdr), 1, abfd);
- outbase += sizeof (x_phdr);
- }
+ Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
+ int bind;
+ bfd_vma value;
+ asection *sec;
+ flagword flags;
+ const char *name;
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
+ boolean definition;
+
+ elf_swap_symbol_in (abfd, esym, &sym);
+
+ flags = BSF_NO_FLAGS;
+ sec = NULL;
+ value = sym.st_value;
+ *sym_hash = NULL;
+
+ bind = ELF_ST_BIND (sym.st_info);
+ if (bind == STB_LOCAL)
+ {
+ /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
+ global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
+ point to the first global symbol. */
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+ goto error_return;
+ }
+ else if (bind == STB_GLOBAL)
+ flags = BSF_GLOBAL;
+ else if (bind == STB_WEAK)
+ flags = BSF_WEAK;
+ else
+ {
+ /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
+ }
- return true;
-}
+ if (sym.st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
+ sec = &bfd_und_section;
+ else if (sym.st_shndx > 0 && sym.st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE)
+ {
+ sec = section_from_elf_index (abfd, sym.st_shndx);
+ if (sec == NULL)
+ goto error_return;
+ value -= sec->vma;
+ }
+ else if (sym.st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
+ sec = &bfd_abs_section;
+ else if (sym.st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
+ {
+ sec = &bfd_com_section;
+ /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
+ calls the value we call the alignment. */
+ value = sym.st_size;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
+ }
-static Elf_Internal_Phdr *
-DEFUN (elf_build_phdrs, (abfd, i_ehdrp, i_shdrp, phdr_cnt),
- bfd * abfd AND
- Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp AND
- Elf_Internal_Shdr * i_shdrp AND
- Elf32_Half * phdr_cnt)
-{
- Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr_buf;
- int idx;
- /* NOTES:
- 1. The program header table is *not* loaded as part
- of the memory image of the program. If this
- changes later, the PT_PHDR entry must come first.
- 2. there is currently no support for program header
- entries of type PT_PHDR, PT_DYNAMIC, PT_INTERP,
- or PT_SHLIB. */
-
- /* A. Figure out how many program header table entries are needed
- 1. PT_LOAD for the text segment
- 2. PT_LOAD for the data segment
- Then, reserve space for one more pointer. This will be NULL
- to indicate the end of the program header table. */
-
-#ifdef PHDRS_INCLUDED
- *phdr_cnt = 4;
-#else
- /* XXX right now, execve() expects exactly 3 PT entries on HPPA-OSF. */
- *phdr_cnt = 3;
-#endif
+ name = elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, sym.st_name);
+ if (name == (const char *) NULL)
+ goto error_return;
+
+ if (add_symbol_hook)
+ {
+ if (! (*add_symbol_hook) (abfd, info, &sym, &name, &flags, &sec,
+ &value))
+ goto error_return;
+
+ /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
+ should be skipped for some reason. */
+ if (name == (const char *) NULL)
+ continue;
+ }
- phdr_buf = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *) bfd_xmalloc (((*phdr_cnt) + 1)
- *
- sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
+ /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
+ if (flags == BSF_NO_FLAGS || sec == (asection *) NULL)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+ goto error_return;
+ }
- idx = 0;
-#ifdef PHDRS_INCLUDED
- /* B. Fill in the PT_PHDR entry. */
+ if (sec == &bfd_und_section
+ || bfd_is_com_section (sec))
+ definition = false;
+ else
+ definition = true;
- idx++;
-#endif
+ if (info->hash->creator->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+ {
+ /* We need to look up the symbol now in order to get some of
+ the dynamic object handling right. We pass the hash
+ table entry in to _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol so
+ that it does not have to look it up again. */
+ h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), name,
+ true, false, false);
+ if (h == NULL)
+ goto error_return;
+ *sym_hash = h;
+
+ /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and this is a
+ definition, we need to see if it has already been defined
+ by some other object. If it has, we want to use the
+ existing definition, and we do not want to report a
+ multiple symbol definition error; we do this by
+ clobbering sec to be bfd_und_section. */
+ if (dynamic && definition)
+ {
+ if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
+ sec = &bfd_und_section;
+ }
- /* C. Fill in the PT_LOAD entry for the text segment. */
-
- phdr_buf[idx].p_type = PT_LOAD;
-
- /* get virtual/physical address from .text section */
- phdr_buf[idx].p_vaddr = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text")->vma;
- phdr_buf[idx].p_paddr = 0; /* XXX */
-
- /* Ultimately, we would like the size of the .text load
- segment to be the sum of the following sections:
- the program header table itself
- .interp
- .hash
- .dynsym
- .dynstr
- .rela.bss
- .rela.plt
- .init
- .text
- .fini
- .rodata
- But, right now, it will be the sum of the following sections:
- .text
- .rodata */
+ /* Similarly, if we are not looking at a dynamic object, and
+ we have a definition, we want to override any definition
+ we may have from a dynamic object. Symbols from regular
+ files always take precedence over symbols from dynamic
+ objects, even if they are defined after the dynamic
+ object in the link. */
+ if (! dynamic
+ && definition
+ && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+ && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
+ && (bfd_get_flavour (h->root.u.def.section->owner)
+ == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+ && (elf_elfheader (h->root.u.def.section->owner)->e_type
+ == ET_DYN))
+ {
+ /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
+ _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing
+ with the new definition. */
+ h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
+ h->root.u.undef.abfd = h->root.u.def.section->owner;
+ }
+ }
- {
- static char *CONST ld_sect_names[] =
- {".text", ".rodata", NULL};
- int i;
- int ld_size = 0;
+ if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+ (info, abfd, name, flags, sec, value, (const char *) NULL,
+ false, collect, (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) sym_hash)))
+ goto error_return;
- for (i = 0; ld_sect_names[i]; i++)
- {
- asection *asect = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
- ld_sect_names[i]);
+ if (dynamic
+ && definition
+ && (flags & BSF_WEAK) != 0
+ && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info) != STT_FUNC
+ && (*sym_hash)->weakdef == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
+ a dynamic object, using the weakdef field. Later in this
+ function we will set the weakdef field to the correct
+ value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
+ objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
+ time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
+ weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
+ figure out. If the weakdef field is not already NULL,
+ then this symbol was already defined by some previous
+ dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
+ definition anyhow. */
+
+ (*sym_hash)->weakdef = weaks;
+ weaks = *sym_hash;
+ }
- if (asect)
- ld_size += bfd_section_size (abfd, asect);
- }
- phdr_buf[idx].p_filesz = ld_size;
- /* XXX: need to fix this */
- phdr_buf[idx].p_memsz = ld_size;
- }
- phdr_buf[idx].p_flags = PF_R + PF_X;
- phdr_buf[idx].p_align =
- bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text")->alignment_power;
+ if (info->hash->creator->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+ {
+ int old_flags;
+ boolean dynsym;
+ int new_flag;
- idx++;
+ /* Remember the symbol size, type and alignment. */
+ if (sym.st_size != 0)
+ {
+ /* FIXME: We should probably somehow give a warning if
+ the symbol size changes. */
+ h->size = sym.st_size;
+ }
+ if (sym.st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
+ && sym.st_value > h->align)
+ h->align = sym.st_value;
+ if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info) != STT_NOTYPE)
+ {
+ /* FIXME: We should probably somehow give a warning if
+ the symbol type changes. */
+ h->type = ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info);
+ }
- /* D. Fill in the PT_LOAD entry for the data segment. */
+ /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
+ reference or definition we just found. Keep a count of
+ the number of dynamic symbols we find. A dynamic symbol
+ is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
+ object and a shared object, or one which is referenced or
+ defined by more than one shared object. */
+ old_flags = h->elf_link_hash_flags;
+ dynsym = false;
+ if (! dynamic)
+ {
+ if (! definition)
+ new_flag = ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR;
+ else
+ new_flag = ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
+ if ((old_flags & (ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
+ | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC)) != 0)
+ dynsym = true;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (! definition)
+ new_flag = ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC;
+ else
+ new_flag = ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC;
+ if ((old_flags & new_flag) != 0)
+ {
+ if (! definition)
+ new_flag = ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC_MULTIPLE;
+ else
+ new_flag = ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC_MULTIPLE;
+ dynsym = true;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((old_flags & (ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
+ | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR)) != 0)
+ dynsym = true;
+ }
+ }
- phdr_buf[idx].p_type = PT_LOAD;
+ h->elf_link_hash_flags |= new_flag;
+ if (dynsym && h->dynindx == -1)
+ {
+ if (! elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
+ goto error_return;
+ }
+ }
+ }
- /* get virtual/physical address from .data section */
- phdr_buf[idx].p_vaddr = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data")->vma;
- phdr_buf[idx].p_paddr = 0; /* XXX */
+ /* Now set the weakdefs field correctly for all the weak defined
+ symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
+ symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
+ dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
+ the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
+ object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
+ real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
+ symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
+ same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
+ aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
+ assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
+ consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
+ either. */
+ while (weaks != NULL)
+ {
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *hlook;
+ asection *slook;
+ bfd_vma vlook;
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry **hpp;
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry **hppend;
+
+ hlook = weaks;
+ weaks = hlook->weakdef;
+ hlook->weakdef = NULL;
+
+ BFD_ASSERT (hlook->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
+ slook = hlook->root.u.def.section;
+ vlook = hlook->root.u.def.value;
+
+ hpp = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
+ hppend = hpp + extsymcount;
+ for (; hpp < hppend; hpp++)
+ {
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
- /* Ultimately, we would like the size of the data load segment
- to be the sum of the following sections:
- the PT_DYNAMIC program header table entry
- .plt
- .data
- .data1
- .got
- .dynamic
- But, right now, it will be the sum of the following sections:
- .data */
+ h = *hpp;
+ if (h != hlook
+ && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+ && h->root.u.def.section == slook
+ && h->root.u.def.value == vlook)
+ {
+ hlook->weakdef = h;
- {
- static char *CONST ld_sect_names[] =
- {".data", NULL};
- int i;
- int ld_size = 0;
+ /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
+ symbols, make sure the real definition is put there
+ as well. */
+ if (hlook->dynindx != -1
+ && h->dynindx == -1)
+ {
+ if (! elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
+ goto error_return;
+ }
- for (i = 0; ld_sect_names[i]; i++)
- {
- asection *asect = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
- ld_sect_names[i]);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
- if (asect)
- ld_size += bfd_section_size (abfd, asect);
- }
- phdr_buf[idx].p_filesz = ld_size;
- /* XXX: need to fix this */
- phdr_buf[idx].p_memsz = ld_size;
- }
- phdr_buf[idx].p_flags = PF_R + PF_W + PF_X;
- phdr_buf[idx].p_align
- = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data")->alignment_power;
+ if (buf != NULL)
+ free (buf);
- idx++;
+ return true;
- /* E. Fill in the PT_LOAD entry for the bss segment. */
+ error_return:
+ if (buf != NULL)
+ free (buf);
+ if (dynbuf != NULL)
+ free (dynbuf);
+ return false;
+}
- phdr_buf[idx].p_type = PT_LOAD;
+/* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
+ information. The ABFD argument is an input file which is a dynamic
+ object. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space when the
+ final executable is run, so we need to create them before addresses
+ are assigned to the output sections. We work out the actual
+ contents and size of these sections later. */
- /* get virtual/physical address from .data section */
- phdr_buf[idx].p_vaddr = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".bss")->vma;
- phdr_buf[idx].p_paddr = 0; /* XXX */
+static boolean
+elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+ flagword flags;
+ register asection *s;
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+ struct elf_backend_data *bed;
+
+ /* Note that we set the SEC_IN_MEMORY flag for all of these
+ sections. */
+ flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY;
+
+ s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".interp");
+ if (s == NULL
+ || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY))
+ return false;
- {
- static char *CONST ld_sect_names[] =
- {".bss", NULL};
- int i;
- int ld_size = 0;
+ s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".dynamic");
+ if (s == NULL
+ || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
+ || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, LOG_FILE_ALIGN))
+ return false;
- for (i = 0; ld_sect_names[i]; i++)
- {
- asection *asect = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
- ld_sect_names[i]);
+ /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
+ .dynamic section. This call occurs before we have processed the
+ symbols for any dynamic object, so we don't have to worry about
+ overriding a dynamic definition. We could set _DYNAMIC in a
+ linker script, but we only want to define it if we are, in fact,
+ creating a .dynamic section. We don't want to define it if there
+ is no .dynamic section, since on some ELF platforms the start up
+ code examines it to decide how to initialize the process. */
+ h = NULL;
+ if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+ (info, abfd, "_DYNAMIC", BSF_GLOBAL, s, (bfd_vma) 0,
+ (const char *) NULL, false, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect,
+ (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h)))
+ return false;
+ h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
- if (asect)
- ld_size += bfd_section_size (abfd, asect);
- }
- phdr_buf[idx].p_filesz = 0;
- /* XXX: need to fix this */
- phdr_buf[idx].p_memsz = ld_size;
- }
- phdr_buf[idx].p_flags = PF_R + PF_W + PF_X;
- phdr_buf[idx].p_align
- = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".bss")->alignment_power;
+ s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".dynsym");
+ if (s == NULL
+ || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY)
+ || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, LOG_FILE_ALIGN))
+ return false;
- idx++;
+ /* The first .dynsym symbol is a dummy. */
+ elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount = 1;
- /* F. Set up the "end of program header table" sentinel. */
+ s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".dynstr");
+ if (s == NULL
+ || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY))
+ return false;
- bzero ((char *) (phdr_buf + idx), sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
- idx++;
+ /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
+ elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr = bfd_new_strtab (abfd);
+ if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr == NULL)
+ return false;
- BFD_ASSERT (idx - 1 == *phdr_cnt);
+ s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".hash");
+ if (s == NULL
+ || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY)
+ || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, LOG_FILE_ALIGN))
+ return false;
- return phdr_buf;
+ /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
+ backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
+ the .got and .plt sections. */
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+ return (*bed->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections) (abfd, info);
}
+/* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
+
boolean
-DEFUN (elf_write_object_contents, (abfd), bfd * abfd)
+elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+ bfd_vma tag;
+ bfd_vma val;
{
- Elf_External_Ehdr x_ehdr; /* Elf file header, external form */
- Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
- Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
- Elf_External_Shdr *x_shdrp; /* Section header table, external form */
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
- asection *nsect;
- elf_sect_thunk est;
+ Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
+ bfd *dynobj;
+ asection *s;
+ size_t newsize;
+ bfd_byte *newcontents;
- int outbase = 0;
- int count;
- int scnt;
- struct strtab *shstrtab;
+ dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
- if (abfd->output_has_begun == false)
+ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
+ BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+
+ newsize = s->_raw_size + sizeof (Elf_External_Dyn);
+ if (s->contents == NULL)
+ newcontents = (bfd_byte *) malloc (newsize);
+ else
+ newcontents = (bfd_byte *) realloc (s->contents, newsize);
+ if (newcontents == NULL)
{
- elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd);
- abfd->output_has_begun = true;
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return false;
}
- i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
- i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
- shstrtab = elf_shstrtab (abfd);
+ dyn.d_tag = tag;
+ dyn.d_un.d_val = val;
+ elf_swap_dyn_out (dynobj, &dyn,
+ (Elf_External_Dyn *) (newcontents + s->_raw_size));
- est.i_ehdr = i_ehdrp;
- est.i_shdrp = i_shdrp;
- est.shstrtab = shstrtab;
- est.symtab_section = elf_onesymtab (abfd); /* filled in by elf_fake */
+ s->_raw_size = newsize;
+ s->contents = newcontents;
- bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_make_sections, &est);
- bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, fix_up_strtabs, &est);
+ return true;
+}
- /* Dump out the symtabs. */
- {
- int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
- asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
- struct strtab *stt = bfd_new_strtab (abfd);
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
- int symstrtab_section;
- Elf_External_Sym *outbound_syms;
- int idx;
+/* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
+ this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
- symtab_hdr = &i_shdrp[est.symtab_section];
- symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
- symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym);
- symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
- symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+boolean
+NAME(bfd_elf,record_link_assignment) (output_bfd, info, name)
+ bfd *output_bfd;
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+ const char *name;
+{
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+ /* This is called after we have examined all the input objects. If
+ the symbol does not exist, it merely means that no object refers
+ to it, and we can just ignore it at this point. */
+ h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), name,
+ false, false, false);
+ if (h == NULL)
+ return true;
- /* see assert in elf_fake_sections that supports this: */
- symstrtab_section = est.symtab_section + 1;
- symstrtab_hdr = &i_shdrp[symstrtab_section];
- symtab_hdr->sh_link = symstrtab_section;
- symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
+ h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
- outbound_syms = (Elf_External_Sym *)
- bfd_alloc (abfd, (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym));
- /* now generate the data (for "contents") */
+ if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & (ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
+ | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC)) != 0
+ && h->dynindx == -1)
{
- /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
- Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
- sym.st_name = 0;
- sym.st_value = 0;
- sym.st_size = 0;
- sym.st_info = 0;
- sym.st_other = 0;
- sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
- elf_swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms);
+ if (! elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
+ return false;
+
+ /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
+ real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
+ symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
+ if (h->weakdef != NULL
+ && h->weakdef->dynindx == -1)
+ {
+ if (! elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h->weakdef))
+ return false;
+ }
}
- for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
- {
- Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
- bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
-
- sym.st_name = bfd_add_to_strtab (abfd, stt, syms[idx]->name);
-
- value += syms[idx]->section->output_section->vma
- + syms[idx]->section->output_offset;
- sym.st_value = value;
-
- sym.st_size = (Elf32_Word) (elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]))->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
-
- if (syms[idx]->section == &bfd_und_section
- || bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
- sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_NOTYPE);
- else if (syms[idx]->flags & BSF_WEAK)
- sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK, STT_OBJECT);
- else if (syms[idx]->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
- sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
- else if (syms[idx]->flags & BSF_FILE)
- sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
- else if (syms[idx]->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_EXPORT))
- {
- if (syms[idx]->flags & BSF_FUNCTION)
- sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_FUNC);
- else
- sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_OBJECT);
- }
- else if (syms[idx]->flags & BSF_LOCAL)
- {
- if (syms[idx]->flags & BSF_FUNCTION)
- sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FUNC);
- else
- sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_OBJECT);
- }
- else
- /* Default to local if flag isn't set at all. */
- sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_OBJECT);
-
- sym.st_other = 0;
- if (syms[idx]->section)
- sym.st_shndx =
- elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd,
- syms[idx]->section->output_section);
- else
- sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
- elf_swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym,
- outbound_syms + elf_symtab_map (abfd)[idx]);
- }
+ return true;
+}
- symtab_hdr->contents = (void *) outbound_syms;
- symstrtab_hdr->contents = (void *) stt->tab;
- symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = stt->length;
- symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
- }
+/* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
+ based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
+ 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
+ fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
+ than 521 buckets. */
- /* put the strtab out too... */
- {
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
- int this_section;
+static const size_t elf_buckets[] =
+{
+ 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 0
+};
- this_section = i_ehdrp->e_shnum++;
- i_ehdrp->e_shstrndx = this_section;
- this_hdr = &i_shdrp[this_section];
- this_hdr->sh_name = bfd_add_to_strtab (abfd, shstrtab, ".shstrtab");
- this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
- this_hdr->sh_size = shstrtab->length;
- this_hdr->contents = (void *) shstrtab->tab;
- }
+/* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
+ called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
+ must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
+ addresses of the various sections. */
- outbase = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
+boolean
+NAME(bfd_elf,size_dynamic_sections) (output_bfd, info)
+ bfd *output_bfd;
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+ bfd *dynobj;
+ size_t dynsymcount;
+ asection *s;
+ Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
+ size_t i;
+ size_t bucketcount;
+ struct elf_backend_data *bed;
+
+ dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+ dynsymcount = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount;
+
+ /* If there were no dynamic objects in the link, there is nothing to
+ do here. */
+ if (dynobj == NULL)
+ return true;
- /* if we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table */
- if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
+ /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted the
+ number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols. We
+ will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build the
+ final symbol table, because until then we do not know the correct
+ value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr section as we
+ went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
+ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynsym");
+ BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+ s->_raw_size = dynsymcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym);
+ s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd, s->_raw_size);
+ if (s->contents == NULL && s->_raw_size != 0)
{
- i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr);
-
- /* elf_build_phdrs() returns a (NULL-terminated) array of
- Elf_Internal_Phdrs */
- i_phdrp = elf_build_phdrs (abfd, i_ehdrp, i_shdrp, &i_ehdrp->e_phnum);
- i_ehdrp->e_phoff = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
- i_ehdrp->e_shoff = i_ehdrp->e_phoff + (i_ehdrp->e_phentsize
- * i_ehdrp->e_phnum);
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return false;
}
- /* swap the header before spitting it out... */
- elf_swap_ehdr_out (abfd, i_ehdrp, &x_ehdr);
- bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) 0, SEEK_SET);
- bfd_write ((PTR) & x_ehdr, sizeof (x_ehdr), 1, abfd);
-
-#if 0
- outbase += i_ehdrp->e_phentsize * i_ehdrp->e_phnum;
- outbase += i_ehdrp->e_shentsize * i_ehdrp->e_shnum;
-#endif
- /* find the next available location in the file
- (just beyond the sections that have already been written). */
- outbase = 0;
- for (count = 1; count < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; count++)
+ /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol. */
+ isym.st_value = 0;
+ isym.st_size = 0;
+ isym.st_name = 0;
+ isym.st_info = 0;
+ isym.st_other = 0;
+ isym.st_shndx = 0;
+ elf_swap_symbol_out (output_bfd, &isym,
+ (Elf_External_Sym *) s->contents);
+
+ for (i = 0; elf_buckets[i] != 0; i++)
{
- if (i_shdrp[count].sh_offset && outbase < i_shdrp[count].sh_offset)
- outbase = i_shdrp[count].sh_offset + i_shdrp[count].sh_size;
+ bucketcount = elf_buckets[i];
+ if (dynsymcount < elf_buckets[i + 1])
+ break;
}
- /* now we fix up the offsets... */
- for (count = 1; count < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; count++)
+ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".hash");
+ BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+ s->_raw_size = (2 + bucketcount + dynsymcount) * (ARCH_SIZE / 8);
+ s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd, s->_raw_size);
+ if (s->contents == NULL)
{
- if (i_shdrp[count].sh_offset == 0)
- i_shdrp[count].sh_offset = outbase;
- outbase += i_shdrp[count].sh_size;
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return false;
}
+ memset (s->contents, 0, s->_raw_size);
- /* If we're building an executable, fixup the program header table
- offsets.
-
- @@ For now, assume that the entries are in a fixed order: text,
- data, bss. FIXME */
-
- if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
- {
- static char *CONST section_name[] =
- {".text", ".data", ".bss"};
+ put_word (output_bfd, bucketcount, s->contents);
+ put_word (output_bfd, dynsymcount, s->contents + (ARCH_SIZE / 8));
- for (count = 0; count < 3; count++)
- {
- asection *asect = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, section_name[count]);
- int sh_idx = elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, asect);
+ elf_hash_table (info)->bucketcount = bucketcount;
- i_phdrp[count].p_offset = i_shdrp[sh_idx].sh_offset;
- }
+ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynstr");
+ BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+ s->_raw_size = elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr->length;
+ s->contents = (unsigned char *) elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr->tab;
- /* write out the program header table entries */
- elf_write_phdrs (abfd, i_ehdrp, i_phdrp, i_ehdrp->e_phnum);
- }
+ /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
+ the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
+ elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
+ elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol,
+ (PTR) info);
- /* at this point we've concocted all the ELF sections... */
- x_shdrp = (Elf_External_Shdr *)
- bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*x_shdrp) * (i_ehdrp->e_shnum));
- if (!x_shdrp)
+ /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
+ values later, in elf_bfd_final_link, but we must add the entries
+ now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
+ if (bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".init") != NULL)
{
- bfd_error = no_memory;
- return false;
+ if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_INIT, 0))
+ return false;
}
-
- for (count = 0, scnt = 0; count < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; count++)
+ if (bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".fini") != NULL)
{
- elf_swap_shdr_out (abfd, i_shdrp + count, x_shdrp + scnt);
- scnt++;
+ if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_FINI, 0))
+ return false;
}
- bfd_write ((PTR) x_shdrp, sizeof (*x_shdrp), i_ehdrp->e_shnum, abfd);
- /* need to dump the string table too... */
+ if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_HASH, 0)
+ || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_STRTAB, 0)
+ || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_SYMTAB, 0)
+ || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_STRSZ,
+ elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr->length)
+ || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_SYMENT,
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)))
+ return false;
- /* after writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
- nsect = abfd->sections;
- for (count = 0; count < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; count++)
+ /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
+ sections. */
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
+ if (! (*bed->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections) (output_bfd, info))
+ return false;
+
+ return elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_NULL, 0);
+}
+
+/* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
+ called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
+ recursively. */
+
+static boolean
+elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (h, data)
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+ PTR data;
+{
+ struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
+ bfd *dynobj;
+ struct elf_backend_data *bed;
+
+ /* If this symbol is not defined by a dynamic object, or is not
+ referenced by a regular object, ignore it. FIXME: Do we need to
+ worry about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
+ referenced by another one? */
+ if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) != 0
+ || (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) == 0
+ || (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) == 0)
+ return true;
+
+ /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
+ can happen via a recursive call. */
+ if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DYNAMIC_ADJUSTED) != 0)
+ return true;
+
+ /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
+ after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
+ symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
+ recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
+ h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DYNAMIC_ADJUSTED;
+
+ /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
+ the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
+ then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
+ real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
+
+ Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
+ is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
+ from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
+ processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
+ dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
+ change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
+ ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
+ library model.
+
+ I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
+ variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
+ tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
+ extern int timezone;
+ int _timezone = 5;
+ int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
+ you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
+ the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
+ backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
+ into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
+ yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
+ wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
+ _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
+
+ if (h->weakdef != NULL)
{
- if (i_shdrp[count].contents)
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *weakdef;
+
+ BFD_ASSERT (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
+ weakdef = h->weakdef;
+ BFD_ASSERT (weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
+ BFD_ASSERT (weakdef->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC);
+ if ((weakdef->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) != 0
+ || (weakdef->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) == 0)
{
- bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count].sh_offset, SEEK_SET);
- bfd_write (i_shdrp[count].contents, i_shdrp[count].sh_size, 1, abfd);
+ /* This symbol is defined or referenced by a regular object
+ file, so we will not do anything special. Clear weakdef
+ for the convenience of the processor backend. */
+ h->weakdef = NULL;
}
+ else
+ {
+ /* There is an implicit reference by a regular object file
+ via the weak symbol. */
+ weakdef->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR;
+ if (! elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (weakdef, (PTR) info))
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (dynobj);
+ if (! (*bed->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol) (info, h))
+ {
+ /* FIXME: No way to return error. */
+ abort ();
}
return true;
}
+\f
+/* Final phase of ELF linker. */
-/* Given an index of a section, retrieve a pointer to it. Note
- that for our purposes, sections are indexed by {1, 2, ...} with
- 0 being an illegal index. */
-
-/* In the original, each ELF section went into exactly one BFD
- section. This doesn't really make sense, so we need a real mapping.
- The mapping has to hide in the Elf_Internal_Shdr since asection
- doesn't have anything like a tdata field... */
+/* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
-static struct sec *
-DEFUN (section_from_elf_index, (abfd, index),
- bfd * abfd AND
- int index)
+struct elf_final_link_info
{
- /* @@ Is bfd_com_section really correct in all the places it could
- be returned from this routine? */
-
- if (index == SHN_ABS)
- return &bfd_com_section; /* not abs? */
- if (index == SHN_COMMON)
- return &bfd_com_section;
-
- {
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = i_shdrp + index;
+ /* General link information. */
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+ /* Output BFD. */
+ bfd *output_bfd;
+ /* Symbol string table. */
+ struct strtab *symstrtab;
+ /* .dynsym section. */
+ asection *dynsym_sec;
+ /* .hash section. */
+ asection *hash_sec;
+ /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
+ bfd_byte *contents;
+ /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
+ PTR external_relocs;
+ /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
+ Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
+ /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
+ BFD. */
+ Elf_External_Sym *external_syms;
+ /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
+ BFD. */
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *internal_syms;
+ /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
+ of any input BFD. */
+ long *indices;
+ /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
+ symbol of any input BFD. */
+ asection **sections;
+ /* Buffer to hold swapped out symbols. */
+ Elf_External_Sym *symbuf;
+ /* Number of swapped out symbols in buffer. */
+ size_t symbuf_count;
+ /* Number of symbols which fit in symbuf. */
+ size_t symbuf_size;
+};
- switch (hdr->sh_type)
- {
- /* ELF sections that map to BFD sections */
- case SHT_PROGBITS:
- case SHT_NOBITS:
- if (!hdr->rawdata)
- bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, index);
- return (struct sec *) hdr->rawdata;
+static boolean elf_link_output_sym
+ PARAMS ((struct elf_final_link_info *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym *));
+static boolean elf_link_flush_output_syms
+ PARAMS ((struct elf_final_link_info *));
+static boolean elf_link_output_extsym
+ PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+static boolean elf_link_input_bfd
+ PARAMS ((struct elf_final_link_info *, bfd *));
+static boolean elf_reloc_link_order
+ PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *,
+ struct bfd_link_order *));
- default:
- return (struct sec *) &bfd_abs_section;
- }
- }
-}
+/* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
-/* given a section, search the header to find them... */
-static int
-DEFUN (elf_section_from_bfd_section, (abfd, asect),
- bfd * abfd AND
- struct sec *asect)
+boolean
+elf_bfd_final_link (abfd, info)
+ bfd *abfd;
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
{
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
- int index;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
- int maxindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum;
+ bfd *dynobj;
+ struct elf_final_link_info finfo;
+ register asection *o;
+ register struct bfd_link_order *p;
+ register bfd *sub;
+ size_t max_contents_size;
+ size_t max_external_reloc_size;
+ size_t max_internal_reloc_count;
+ size_t max_sym_count;
+ file_ptr off;
+ Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym;
+ unsigned int i;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
- if (asect == &bfd_abs_section)
- return SHN_ABS;
- if (asect == &bfd_com_section)
- return SHN_COMMON;
+ dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
- for (index = 0; index < maxindex; index++)
+ finfo.info = info;
+ finfo.output_bfd = abfd;
+ finfo.symstrtab = bfd_new_strtab (abfd);
+ if (finfo.symstrtab == NULL)
+ return false;
+ if (dynobj == NULL)
{
- hdr = &i_shdrp[index];
- switch (hdr->sh_type)
- {
- /* ELF sections that map to BFD sections */
- case SHT_PROGBITS:
- case SHT_NOBITS:
- if (hdr->rawdata)
- {
- if (((struct sec *) (hdr->rawdata)) == asect)
- return index;
- }
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
+ finfo.dynsym_sec = NULL;
+ finfo.hash_sec = NULL;
}
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* given a symbol, return the bfd index for that symbol. */
-static int
-DEFUN (elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol, (abfd, asym_ptr_ptr),
- bfd * abfd AND
- struct symbol_cache_entry **asym_ptr_ptr)
-{
- struct symbol_cache_entry *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
- CONST char *name = asym_ptr->name;
- int idx;
- int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
- asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
-
- /* FIXME -- there has to be a better way than linear search. */
- for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
+ else
{
- if (syms[idx] == asym_ptr || (name == syms[idx]->name && name))
- break;
+ finfo.dynsym_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynsym");
+ finfo.hash_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".hash");
+ if (finfo.dynsym_sec == NULL
+ || finfo.hash_sec == NULL)
+ abort ();
}
+ finfo.contents = NULL;
+ finfo.external_relocs = NULL;
+ finfo.internal_relocs = NULL;
+ finfo.external_syms = NULL;
+ finfo.internal_syms = NULL;
+ finfo.indices = NULL;
+ finfo.sections = NULL;
+ finfo.symbuf = NULL;
+ finfo.symbuf_count = 0;
+
+ /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
+ section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
+ also figure out some maximum sizes. */
+ max_contents_size = 0;
+ max_external_reloc_size = 0;
+ max_internal_reloc_count = 0;
+ max_sym_count = 0;
+ for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next)
+ {
+ o->reloc_count = 0;
- BFD_ASSERT (idx < symcount);
- idx = elf_symtab_map (abfd)[idx];
-
-#ifdef DEBUG
- {
- flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
-
- fprintf (stderr,
- "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags =",
- (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx);
-
- if (flags == BSF_NO_FLAGS)
- fprintf (stderr, " none");
+ for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+ {
+ if (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order
+ || p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order)
+ ++o->reloc_count;
+ else if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
+ {
+ asection *sec;
- if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
- fprintf (stderr, " local");
+ sec = p->u.indirect.section;
- if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
- fprintf (stderr, " global");
+ if (info->relocateable)
+ o->reloc_count += sec->reloc_count;
- if (flags & BSF_IMPORT)
- fprintf (stderr, " import");
+ if (sec->_raw_size > max_contents_size)
+ max_contents_size = sec->_raw_size;
+ if (sec->_cooked_size > max_contents_size)
+ max_contents_size = sec->_cooked_size;
- if (flags & BSF_EXPORT)
- fprintf (stderr, " export");
+ /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
+ symbols. */
+ if (bfd_get_flavour (sec->owner) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
+ && (elf_tdata (sec->owner)->symtab_hdr.sh_info
+ > max_sym_count))
+ max_sym_count = elf_tdata (sec->owner)->symtab_hdr.sh_info;
- if (flags & BSF_UNDEFINED_OBS)
- fprintf (stderr, " undefined_obs");
+ if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
+ {
+ size_t ext_size;
- if (flags & BSF_FORT_COMM_OBS)
- fprintf (stderr, " fort_comm_obs");
+ ext_size = elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_size;
+ if (ext_size > max_external_reloc_size)
+ max_external_reloc_size = ext_size;
+ if (sec->reloc_count > max_internal_reloc_count)
+ max_internal_reloc_count = sec->reloc_count;
+ }
+ }
+ }
- if (flags & BSF_DEBUGGING)
- fprintf (stderr, " debugging");
+ if (o->reloc_count > 0)
+ o->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
+ else
+ {
+ /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
+ set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
+ assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
+ o->flags &=~ SEC_RELOC;
+ }
+ }
- if (flags & BSF_KEEP)
- fprintf (stderr, " keep");
+ /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
+ and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
+ to create a symbol table. */
+ abfd->symcount = info->strip == strip_all ? 0 : 1;
+ BFD_ASSERT (! abfd->output_has_begun);
+ if (! elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, info))
+ goto error_return;
+
+ /* That created the reloc sections. Set their sizes, and assign
+ them file positions, and allocate some buffers. */
+ for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+ {
+ if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
+ register struct elf_link_hash_entry **p, **pend;
- if (flags & BSF_KEEP_G)
- fprintf (stderr, " keep_g");
+ rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (o)->rel_hdr;
- if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
- fprintf (stderr, " weak");
+ rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize * o->reloc_count;
- if (flags & BSF_CTOR)
- fprintf (stderr, " ctor");
+ /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents,
+ so we allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. */
+ rel_hdr->contents = (PTR) bfd_alloc (abfd, rel_hdr->sh_size);
+ if (rel_hdr->contents == NULL && rel_hdr->sh_size != 0)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ goto error_return;
+ }
- if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
- fprintf (stderr, " section_sym");
+ p = ((struct elf_link_hash_entry **)
+ malloc (o->reloc_count
+ * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)));
+ if (p == NULL && o->reloc_count != 0)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ goto error_return;
+ }
+ elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes = p;
+ pend = p + o->reloc_count;
+ for (; p < pend; p++)
+ *p = NULL;
+
+ /* Use the reloc_count field as an index when outputting the
+ relocs. */
+ o->reloc_count = 0;
+ }
+ }
- if (flags & BSF_OLD_COMMON)
- fprintf (stderr, " old_common");
+ assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
+
+ /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
+ .symtab and .strtab. We start the .symtab section at the current
+ file position, and write directly to it. We build the .strtab
+ section in memory. When we add .dynsym support, we will build
+ that in memory as well (.dynsym is smaller than .symtab). */
+ abfd->symcount = 0;
+ symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
+ /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
+ symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
+ symtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
+ symtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
+ symtab_hdr->sh_size = 0;
+ symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym);
+ /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
+ /* sh_info is set below. */
+ /* sh_offset is set just below. */
+ symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 4; /* FIXME: system dependent? */
+
+ off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
+ off = assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr, off, true);
+
+ /* Note that at this point elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos is
+ incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
+ We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
+
+ /* Allocate a buffer to hold swapped out symbols. This is to avoid
+ continuously seeking to the right position in the file. */
+ if (! info->keep_memory || max_sym_count < 20)
+ finfo.symbuf_size = 20;
+ else
+ finfo.symbuf_size = max_sym_count;
+ finfo.symbuf = ((Elf_External_Sym *)
+ malloc (finfo.symbuf_size * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)));
+ if (finfo.symbuf == NULL)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ goto error_return;
+ }
- if (flags & BSF_NOT_AT_END)
- fprintf (stderr, " not_at_end");
+ /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
+ dummy symbol. */
+ elfsym.st_value = 0;
+ elfsym.st_size = 0;
+ elfsym.st_info = 0;
+ elfsym.st_other = 0;
+ elfsym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
+ if (! elf_link_output_sym (&finfo, (const char *) NULL, &elfsym))
+ goto error_return;
- if (flags & BSF_CONSTRUCTOR)
- fprintf (stderr, " constructor");
+#if 0
+ /* Some standard ELF linkers do this, but we don't because it causes
+ bootstrap comparison failures. */
+ /* Output a file symbol for the output file as the second symbol.
+ We output this even if we are discarding local symbols, although
+ I'm not sure if this is correct. */
+ elfsym.st_value = 0;
+ elfsym.st_size = 0;
+ elfsym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
+ elfsym.st_other = 0;
+ elfsym.st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
+ if (! elf_link_output_sym (&finfo, bfd_get_filename (abfd), &elfsym))
+ goto error_return;
+#endif
- if (flags & BSF_WARNING)
- fprintf (stderr, " warning");
+ /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
+ discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
+ symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
+ index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
+ outputting relocs. */
+ elfsym.st_value = 0;
+ elfsym.st_size = 0;
+ elfsym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
+ elfsym.st_other = 0;
+ for (i = 1; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; i++)
+ {
+ o = section_from_elf_index (abfd, i);
+ if (o != &bfd_abs_section)
+ o->target_index = abfd->symcount;
+ elfsym.st_shndx = i;
+ if (! elf_link_output_sym (&finfo, (const char *) NULL, &elfsym))
+ goto error_return;
+ }
- if (flags & BSF_INDIRECT)
- fprintf (stderr, " indirect");
+ /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
+ files. */
+ finfo.contents = (bfd_byte *) malloc (max_contents_size);
+ finfo.external_relocs = (PTR) malloc (max_external_reloc_size);
+ finfo.internal_relocs = ((Elf_Internal_Rela *)
+ malloc (max_internal_reloc_count
+ * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela)));
+ finfo.external_syms = ((Elf_External_Sym *)
+ malloc (max_sym_count * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)));
+ finfo.internal_syms = ((Elf_Internal_Sym *)
+ malloc (max_sym_count * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym)));
+ finfo.indices = (long *) malloc (max_sym_count * sizeof (long));
+ finfo.sections = (asection **) malloc (max_sym_count * sizeof (asection *));
+ if ((finfo.contents == NULL && max_contents_size != 0)
+ || (finfo.external_relocs == NULL && max_external_reloc_size != 0)
+ || (finfo.internal_relocs == NULL && max_internal_reloc_count != 0)
+ || (finfo.external_syms == NULL && max_sym_count != 0)
+ || (finfo.internal_syms == NULL && max_sym_count != 0)
+ || (finfo.indices == NULL && max_sym_count != 0)
+ || (finfo.sections == NULL && max_sym_count != 0))
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ goto error_return;
+ }
- if (flags & BSF_FILE)
- fprintf (stderr, " file");
+ /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
+ must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
+ Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
+ would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
+ relocations for a single input file at the same time.
+
+ Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
+ symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
+ indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
+ we are generating relocateable output, and we see a reloc against
+ a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
+ finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
+ going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
+ memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
+ an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
+ it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocateable
+ link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
+ we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
+ know how bad the memory loss will be. */
+
+ for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub != NULL; sub = sub->next)
+ sub->output_has_begun = false;
+ for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+ {
+ for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+ {
+ if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order
+ && (bfd_get_flavour (p->u.indirect.section->owner)
+ == bfd_target_elf_flavour))
+ {
+ sub = p->u.indirect.section->owner;
+ if (! sub->output_has_begun)
+ {
+ if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&finfo, sub))
+ goto error_return;
+ sub->output_has_begun = true;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order
+ || p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order)
+ {
+ if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd, info, o, p))
+ goto error_return;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd, info, o, p))
+ goto error_return;
+ }
+ }
+ }
- if (flags & BSF_FUNCTION)
- fprintf (stderr, " function");
+ /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
+ with the global symbols. */
- putc ('\n', stderr);
- fflush (stderr);
- }
-#endif
+ /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local
+ symbol. */
+ symtab_hdr->sh_info = abfd->symcount;
+ if (dynobj != NULL)
+ elf_section_data (finfo.dynsym_sec->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_info = 1;
- return idx;
-}
+ /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
+ elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), elf_link_output_extsym,
+ (PTR) &finfo);
-static boolean
-DEFUN (elf_slurp_symbol_table, (abfd, symptrs),
- bfd * abfd AND
- asymbol ** symptrs) /* Buffer for generated bfd symbols */
-{
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = i_shdrp + elf_onesymtab (abfd);
- int symcount; /* Number of external ELF symbols */
- int i;
- elf_symbol_type *sym; /* Pointer to current bfd symbol */
- elf_symbol_type *symbase; /* Buffer for generated bfd symbols */
- Elf_Internal_Sym i_sym;
- Elf_External_Sym *x_symp;
+ /* Flush all symbols to the file. */
+ if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (&finfo))
+ return false;
- /* this is only valid because there is only one symtab... */
- /* FIXME: This is incorrect, there may also be a dynamic symbol
- table which is a subset of the full symbol table. We either need
- to be prepared to read both (and merge them) or ensure that we
- only read the full symbol table. Currently we only get called to
- read the full symbol table. -fnf */
- if (bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd) != NULL)
+ /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
+ off += symtab_hdr->sh_size;
+
+ /* Finish up the symbol string table (.strtab) section. */
+ symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
+ /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = finfo.symstrtab->length;
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
+ /* sh_offset is set just below. */
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
+ symstrtab_hdr->contents = (PTR) finfo.symstrtab->tab;
+
+ off = assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr, off, true);
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
+
+ /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
+ for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
{
- return true;
- }
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry **rel_hash;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
- /* Read each raw ELF symbol, converting from external ELF form to
- internal ELF form, and then using the information to create a
- canonical bfd symbol table entry.
+ if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
+ continue;
- Note that we allocate the initial bfd canonical symbol buffer
- based on a one-to-one mapping of the ELF symbols to canonical
- symbols. We actually use all the ELF symbols, so there will be no
- space left over at the end. When we have all the symbols, we
- build the caller's pointer vector. */
+ rel_hash = elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes;
+ rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (o)->rel_hdr;
+ for (i = 0; i < o->reloc_count; i++, rel_hash++)
+ {
+ if (*rel_hash == NULL)
+ continue;
+
+ BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash)->indx >= 0);
- if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) == -1)
- {
- bfd_error = system_call_error;
- return false;
- }
+ if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rel))
+ {
+ Elf_External_Rel *erel;
+ Elf_Internal_Rel irel;
+
+ erel = (Elf_External_Rel *) rel_hdr->contents + i;
+ elf_swap_reloc_in (abfd, erel, &irel);
+ irel.r_info = ELF_R_INFO ((*rel_hash)->indx,
+ ELF_R_TYPE (irel.r_info));
+ elf_swap_reloc_out (abfd, &irel, erel);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Elf_External_Rela *erela;
+ Elf_Internal_Rela irela;
- symcount = hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym);
- symbase = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, symcount * sizeof (elf_symbol_type));
- sym = symbase;
+ BFD_ASSERT (rel_hdr->sh_entsize
+ == sizeof (Elf_External_Rela));
- /* Temporarily allocate room for the raw ELF symbols. */
- x_symp = (Elf_External_Sym *) bfd_xmalloc (symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym));
+ erela = (Elf_External_Rela *) rel_hdr->contents + i;
+ elf_swap_reloca_in (abfd, erela, &irela);
+ irela.r_info = ELF_R_INFO ((*rel_hash)->indx,
+ ELF_R_TYPE (irela.r_info));
+ elf_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &irela, erela);
+ }
+ }
- if (bfd_read ((PTR) x_symp, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym), symcount, abfd)
- != symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym))
- {
- free ((PTR) x_symp);
- bfd_error = system_call_error;
- return false;
+ /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
+ trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
+ o->reloc_count = 0;
}
- /* Skip first symbol, which is a null dummy. */
- for (i = 1; i < symcount; i++)
+
+ /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, finish up the dynamic
+ linking information. */
+ if (dynobj != NULL)
{
- elf_swap_symbol_in (abfd, x_symp + i, &i_sym);
- memcpy (&sym->internal_elf_sym, &i_sym, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
- memcpy (&sym->native_elf_sym, x_symp + i, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym));
- sym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
+ Elf_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
+ struct elf_backend_data *bed;
- sym->symbol.name = elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
- i_sym.st_name);
+ /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
+ o = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
+ BFD_ASSERT (o != NULL);
- sym->symbol.value = i_sym.st_value;
-#if 0
- /* FIXME -- this is almost certainly bogus. It's from Pace
- Willisson's hasty Solaris support, to pass the sizes of
- object files or functions down into GDB via the back door, to
- circumvent some other kludge in how Sun hacked stabs. --
- gnu@cygnus.com */
- /* XXX Size is now stored via a pointer in an elf_symbol_type;
- should fix gdb then turn this off. */
- sym->symbol.udata = (PTR) i_sym.st_size;
- /* FIXME -- end of bogosity. */
-#endif
- if (i_sym.st_shndx > 0 && i_sym.st_shndx < SHN_LORESERV)
- {
- sym->symbol.section = section_from_elf_index (abfd, i_sym.st_shndx);
- }
- else if (i_sym.st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
- {
- sym->symbol.section = &bfd_abs_section;
- }
- else if (i_sym.st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
- {
- sym->symbol.section = &bfd_com_section;
- }
- else if (i_sym.st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
+ dyncon = (Elf_External_Dyn *) o->contents;
+ dynconend = (Elf_External_Dyn *) (o->contents + o->_raw_size);
+ for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
{
- sym->symbol.section = &bfd_und_section;
- }
- else
- sym->symbol.section = &bfd_abs_section;
+ Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
+ const char *name;
+ unsigned int type;
- sym->symbol.value -= sym->symbol.section->vma;
+ elf_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
- switch (ELF_ST_BIND (i_sym.st_info))
- {
- case STB_LOCAL:
- sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_LOCAL;
- break;
- case STB_GLOBAL:
- sym->symbol.flags |= (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_EXPORT);
- break;
- case STB_WEAK:
- sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_WEAK;
- break;
- }
+ switch (dyn.d_tag)
+ {
+ default:
+ break;
- switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (i_sym.st_info))
- {
- case STT_SECTION:
- sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DEBUGGING;
- break;
- case STT_FILE:
- sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_FILE | BSF_DEBUGGING;
- break;
- case STT_FUNC:
- sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
- break;
+ case DT_INIT:
+ name = ".init";
+ goto get_vma;
+ case DT_FINI:
+ name = ".fini";
+ goto get_vma;
+ case DT_HASH:
+ name = ".hash";
+ goto get_vma;
+ case DT_STRTAB:
+ name = ".dynstr";
+ goto get_vma;
+ case DT_SYMTAB:
+ name = ".dynsym";
+ get_vma:
+ o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
+ BFD_ASSERT (o != NULL);
+ dyn.d_un.d_ptr = o->vma;
+ elf_swap_dyn_out (dynobj, &dyn, dyncon);
+ break;
+
+ case DT_REL:
+ case DT_RELA:
+ case DT_RELSZ:
+ case DT_RELASZ:
+ if (dyn.d_tag == DT_REL || dyn.d_tag == DT_RELSZ)
+ type = SHT_REL;
+ else
+ type = SHT_RELA;
+ dyn.d_un.d_val = 0;
+ for (i = 1; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; i++)
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+
+ hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
+ if (hdr->sh_type == type
+ && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
+ {
+ if (dyn.d_tag == DT_RELSZ || dyn.d_tag == DT_RELASZ)
+ dyn.d_un.d_val += hdr->sh_size;
+ else
+ {
+ if (dyn.d_un.d_val == 0
+ || hdr->sh_addr < dyn.d_un.d_val)
+ dyn.d_un.d_val = hdr->sh_addr;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ elf_swap_dyn_out (dynobj, &dyn, dyncon);
+ break;
+ }
}
- /* Is this a definition of $global$? If so, keep it because it will be
- needd if any relocations are performed. */
- if (!strcmp (sym->symbol.name, "$global$")
- && sym->symbol.section != &bfd_und_section)
+
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+ if (! (*bed->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections) (abfd, info))
+ goto error_return;
+
+ for (o = dynobj->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
{
- /* @@ Why is this referring to backend data and not a field of
- abfd? FIXME */
- struct elf_backend_data *be_data = (struct elf_backend_data *) abfd->xvec->backend_data;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+ asection *s;
+ const char *name;
+
+ if ((o->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
+ continue;
+ BFD_ASSERT ((o->flags & SEC_IN_MEMORY) != 0);
+ if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, o->output_section,
+ o->contents, o->output_offset,
+ o->_raw_size))
+ goto error_return;
+
+ hdr = &elf_section_data (o->output_section)->this_hdr;
+ switch (hdr->sh_type)
+ {
+ case SHT_DYNAMIC:
+ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
+ hdr->sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
+ hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Dyn);
+ break;
+
+ case SHT_HASH:
+ s = finfo.dynsym_sec->output_section;
+ hdr->sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
+ hdr->sh_entsize = ARCH_SIZE / 8;
+ break;
+
+ case SHT_DYNSYM:
+ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
+ hdr->sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
+ hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym);
+ break;
- be_data->global_sym = sym;
+ case SHT_REL:
+ case SHT_RELA:
+ name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o->output_section);
+ s = finfo.dynsym_sec->output_section;
+ hdr->sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
+ if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
+ {
+ name += 4;
+ hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Rel);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ name += 5;
+ hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Rela);
+ }
+ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
+ if (s != NULL)
+ hdr->sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
+ break;
+ }
}
- sym++;
}
- /* We rely on the zalloc to clear out the final symbol entry. */
-
- obj_raw_syms (abfd) = x_symp;
+ if (finfo.contents != NULL)
+ free (finfo.contents);
+ if (finfo.external_relocs != NULL)
+ free (finfo.external_relocs);
+ if (finfo.internal_relocs != NULL)
+ free (finfo.internal_relocs);
+ if (finfo.external_syms != NULL)
+ free (finfo.external_syms);
+ if (finfo.internal_syms != NULL)
+ free (finfo.internal_syms);
+ if (finfo.indices != NULL)
+ free (finfo.indices);
+ if (finfo.sections != NULL)
+ free (finfo.sections);
+ if (finfo.symbuf != NULL)
+ free (finfo.symbuf);
+ for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+ {
+ if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
+ && elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes != NULL)
+ free (elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes);
+ }
- bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount = sym - symbase;
+ return true;
- /* Fill in the user's symbol pointer vector if needed. */
- if (symptrs)
+ error_return:
+ if (finfo.contents != NULL)
+ free (finfo.contents);
+ if (finfo.external_relocs != NULL)
+ free (finfo.external_relocs);
+ if (finfo.internal_relocs != NULL)
+ free (finfo.internal_relocs);
+ if (finfo.external_syms != NULL)
+ free (finfo.external_syms);
+ if (finfo.internal_syms != NULL)
+ free (finfo.internal_syms);
+ if (finfo.indices != NULL)
+ free (finfo.indices);
+ if (finfo.sections != NULL)
+ free (finfo.sections);
+ if (finfo.symbuf != NULL)
+ free (finfo.symbuf);
+ for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
{
- sym = symbase;
- while (symcount-- > 0)
- {
- *symptrs++ = &sym->symbol;
- sym++;
- }
- *symptrs = 0; /* Final null pointer */
+ if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
+ && elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes != NULL)
+ free (elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes);
}
- return true;
+ return false;
}
-/* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
-
- Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
- the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
- always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
+/* Add a symbol to the output symbol table. */
-unsigned int
-DEFUN (elf_get_symtab_upper_bound, (abfd), bfd * abfd)
+static boolean
+elf_link_output_sym (finfo, name, elfsym)
+ struct elf_final_link_info *finfo;
+ const char *name;
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *elfsym;
{
- unsigned int symcount;
- unsigned int symtab_size = 0;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
-
- i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
- if (i_shdrp != NULL)
+ if (name == (const char *) NULL || *name == '\0')
+ elfsym->st_name = 0;
+ else
{
- hdr = i_shdrp + elf_onesymtab (abfd);
- symcount = hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym);
- symtab_size = (symcount - 1 + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol));
+ elfsym->st_name = bfd_add_to_strtab (finfo->output_bfd,
+ finfo->symstrtab, name);
+ if (elfsym->st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
+ return false;
}
- return symtab_size;
-}
-/*
- This function return the number of bytes required to store the
- relocation information associated with section <<sect>>
- attached to bfd <<abfd>>
-
-*/
-unsigned int
-elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, asect)
- bfd *abfd;
- sec_ptr asect;
-{
- if (asect->flags & SEC_RELOC)
+ if (finfo->symbuf_count >= finfo->symbuf_size)
{
- /* either rel or rela */
- return asect->_raw_size;
+ if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (finfo))
+ return false;
}
- else
- return 0;
-}
-static boolean
-DEFUN (elf_slurp_reloca_table, (abfd, asect, symbols),
- bfd * abfd AND
- sec_ptr asect AND
- asymbol ** symbols)
-{
- Elf_External_Rela *native_relocs;
- arelent *reloc_cache;
- arelent *cache_ptr;
+ elf_swap_symbol_out (finfo->output_bfd, elfsym,
+ finfo->symbuf + finfo->symbuf_count);
+ ++finfo->symbuf_count;
- unsigned int idx;
+ ++finfo->output_bfd->symcount;
- if (asect->relocation)
- return true;
- if (asect->reloc_count == 0)
- return true;
- if (asect->flags & SEC_CONSTRUCTOR)
- return true;
+ return true;
+}
- bfd_seek (abfd, asect->rel_filepos, SEEK_SET);
- native_relocs = (Elf_External_Rela *)
- bfd_alloc (abfd, asect->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf_External_Rela));
- bfd_read ((PTR) native_relocs,
- sizeof (Elf_External_Rela), asect->reloc_count, abfd);
+/* Flush the output symbols to the file. */
- reloc_cache = (arelent *)
- bfd_alloc (abfd, (size_t) (asect->reloc_count * sizeof (arelent)));
+static boolean
+elf_link_flush_output_syms (finfo)
+ struct elf_final_link_info *finfo;
+{
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab;
- if (!reloc_cache)
- {
- bfd_error = no_memory;
- return false;
- }
+ symtab = &elf_tdata (finfo->output_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
- for (idx = 0; idx < asect->reloc_count; idx++)
- {
-#ifdef RELOC_PROCESSING
- Elf_Internal_Rela dst;
- Elf_External_Rela *src;
+ if (bfd_seek (finfo->output_bfd, symtab->sh_offset + symtab->sh_size,
+ SEEK_SET) != 0
+ || (bfd_write ((PTR) finfo->symbuf, finfo->symbuf_count,
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Sym), finfo->output_bfd)
+ != finfo->symbuf_count * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)))
+ return false;
- cache_ptr = reloc_cache + idx;
- src = native_relocs + idx;
- elf_swap_reloca_in (abfd, src, &dst);
+ symtab->sh_size += finfo->symbuf_count * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym);
- RELOC_PROCESSING (cache_ptr, &dst, symbols, abfd, asect);
-#else
- Elf_Internal_Rela dst;
- Elf_External_Rela *src;
+ finfo->symbuf_count = 0;
- cache_ptr = reloc_cache + idx;
- src = native_relocs + idx;
+ return true;
+}
- elf_swap_reloca_in (abfd, src, &dst);
+/* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
+ the hash table traversal routine. */
- if (asect->flags & SEC_RELOC)
- {
- /* relocatable, so the offset is off of the section */
- cache_ptr->address = dst.r_offset + asect->vma;
- }
- else
- {
- /* non-relocatable, so the offset a virtual address */
- cache_ptr->address = dst.r_offset;
- }
- /* ELF_R_SYM(dst.r_info) is the symbol table offset; subtract 1
- because the first entry is NULL. */
- cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr = symbols + ELF32_R_SYM (dst.r_info) - 1;
- cache_ptr->addend = dst.r_addend;
+static boolean
+elf_link_output_extsym (h, data)
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+ PTR data;
+{
+ struct elf_final_link_info *finfo = (struct elf_final_link_info *) data;
+ boolean strip;
+ Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
+
+ /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
+ a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
+ h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
+ output it. */
+ if (h->indx == -2)
+ strip = false;
+ else if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0
+ && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) == 0)
+ strip = true;
+ else if (finfo->info->strip == strip_all
+ || (finfo->info->strip == strip_some
+ && bfd_hash_lookup (finfo->info->keep_hash,
+ h->root.root.string,
+ false, false) == NULL))
+ strip = true;
+ else
+ strip = false;
- /* Fill in the cache_ptr->howto field from dst.r_type */
- {
- struct elf_backend_data *ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- (*ebd->elf_info_to_howto) (abfd, cache_ptr, &dst);
- }
-#endif
- }
+ /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
+ nothing else to do. */
+ if (strip && h->dynindx == -1)
+ return true;
- asect->relocation = reloc_cache;
- return true;
-}
+ sym.st_value = 0;
+ sym.st_size = h->size;
+ sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, h->type);
+ sym.st_other = 0;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-static void
-elf_debug_section (str, num, hdr)
- char *str;
- int num;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
-{
- fprintf (stderr, "\nSection#%d '%s' 0x%.8lx\n", num, str, (long) hdr);
- fprintf (stderr, "sh_name = %ld\n", (long) hdr->sh_name);
- fprintf (stderr, "sh_type = %ld\n", (long) hdr->sh_type);
- fprintf (stderr, "sh_flags = %ld\n", (long) hdr->sh_flags);
- fprintf (stderr, "sh_addr = %ld\n", (long) hdr->sh_addr);
- fprintf (stderr, "sh_offset = %ld\n", (long) hdr->sh_offset);
- fprintf (stderr, "sh_size = %ld\n", (long) hdr->sh_size);
- fprintf (stderr, "sh_link = %ld\n", (long) hdr->sh_link);
- fprintf (stderr, "sh_info = %ld\n", (long) hdr->sh_info);
- fprintf (stderr, "sh_addralign = %ld\n", (long) hdr->sh_addralign);
- fprintf (stderr, "sh_entsize = %ld\n", (long) hdr->sh_entsize);
- fprintf (stderr, "rawdata = 0x%.8lx\n", (long) hdr->rawdata);
- fprintf (stderr, "contents = 0x%.8lx\n", (long) hdr->contents);
- fprintf (stderr, "size = %ld\n", (long) hdr->size);
- fflush (stderr);
-}
+ switch (h->root.type)
+ {
+ default:
+ case bfd_link_hash_new:
+ abort ();
+ return false;
-#endif
+ case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
+ sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
+ break;
-static boolean
-DEFUN (elf_slurp_reloc_table, (abfd, asect, symbols),
- bfd * abfd AND
- sec_ptr asect AND
- asymbol ** symbols)
-{
- Elf_External_Rel *native_relocs;
- arelent *reloc_cache;
- arelent *cache_ptr;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *data_hdr;
- ElfNAME (Off) data_off;
- ElfNAME (Word) data_max;
- char buf[4]; /* FIXME -- might be elf64 */
+ case bfd_link_hash_weak:
+ sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
+ sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK, h->type);
+ break;
- unsigned int idx;
+ case bfd_link_hash_defined:
+ {
+ asection *sec;
- if (asect->relocation)
- return true;
- if (asect->reloc_count == 0)
- return true;
- if (asect->flags & SEC_CONSTRUCTOR)
- return true;
+ sec = h->root.u.def.section;
+ if (sec->output_section != NULL)
+ {
+ sym.st_shndx = elf_section_from_bfd_section (finfo->output_bfd,
+ sec->output_section);
+ if (sym.st_shndx == (unsigned short) -1)
+ {
+ /* FIXME: No way to handle errors. */
+ abort ();
+ }
- bfd_seek (abfd, asect->rel_filepos, SEEK_SET);
- native_relocs = (Elf_External_Rel *)
- bfd_alloc (abfd, asect->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf_External_Rel));
- bfd_read ((PTR) native_relocs,
- sizeof (Elf_External_Rel), asect->reloc_count, abfd);
+ /* ELF symbols in relocateable files are section relative,
+ but in nonrelocateable files they are virtual
+ addresses. */
+ sym.st_value = h->root.u.def.value + sec->output_offset;
+ if (! finfo->info->relocateable)
+ sym.st_value += sec->output_section->vma;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_flavour (sec->owner) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
+ && elf_elfheader (sec->owner)->e_type == ET_DYN);
+ sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
- reloc_cache = (arelent *)
- bfd_alloc (abfd, (size_t) (asect->reloc_count * sizeof (arelent)));
+ case bfd_link_hash_common:
+ sym.st_shndx = SHN_COMMON;
+ if (h->align == 0)
+ sym.st_value = 1;
+ else
+ sym.st_value = h->align;
+ break;
- if (!reloc_cache)
+ case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
+ case bfd_link_hash_warning:
+ /* I have no idea how these should be handled. */
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
+ there now. We have already know the symbol index. We also fill
+ in the entry in the .hash section. */
+ if (h->dynindx != -1)
{
- bfd_error = no_memory;
- return false;
+ struct elf_backend_data *bed;
+ size_t bucketcount;
+ size_t bucket;
+ bfd_byte *bucketpos;
+ bfd_vma chain;
+
+ sym.st_name = h->dynstr_index;
+
+ /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol
+ value, and also to finish up anything that needs to be done
+ for this symbol. */
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (finfo->output_bfd);
+ if (! ((*bed->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol)
+ (finfo->output_bfd, finfo->info, h, &sym)))
+ {
+ /* FIXME: No way to return error. */
+ abort ();
+ }
+
+ elf_swap_symbol_out (finfo->output_bfd, &sym,
+ ((Elf_External_Sym *) finfo->dynsym_sec->contents
+ + h->dynindx));
+
+ bucketcount = elf_hash_table (finfo->info)->bucketcount;
+ bucket = bfd_elf_hash (h->root.root.string) % bucketcount;
+ bucketpos = ((bfd_byte *) finfo->hash_sec->contents
+ + (bucket + 2) * (ARCH_SIZE / 8));
+ chain = get_word (finfo->output_bfd, bucketpos);
+ put_word (finfo->output_bfd, h->dynindx, bucketpos);
+ put_word (finfo->output_bfd, chain,
+ ((bfd_byte *) finfo->hash_sec->contents
+ + (bucketcount + 2 + h->dynindx) * (ARCH_SIZE / 8)));
}
- /* Get the offset of the start of the segment we are relocating to read in
- the implicit addend. */
- i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
- data_hdr = i_shdrp + elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, asect);
- data_off = data_hdr->sh_offset;
- data_max = data_hdr->sh_size - sizeof (buf) + 1;
+ /* If we're stripping it, then it was just a dynamic symbol, and
+ there's nothing else to do. */
+ if (strip)
+ return true;
-#ifdef DEBUG
- elf_debug_section ("data section", data_hdr - i_shdrp, data_hdr);
-#endif
+ h->indx = finfo->output_bfd->symcount;
- for (idx = 0; idx < asect->reloc_count; idx++)
+ if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo, h->root.root.string, &sym))
{
-#ifdef RELOC_PROCESSING
- Elf_Internal_Rel dst;
- Elf_External_Rel *src;
+ /* FIXME: No way to return error. */
+ abort ();
+ }
- cache_ptr = reloc_cache + idx;
- src = native_relocs + idx;
- elf_swap_reloc_in (abfd, src, &dst);
+ return true;
+}
- RELOC_PROCESSING (cache_ptr, &dst, symbols, abfd, asect);
-#else
- Elf_Internal_Rel dst;
- Elf_External_Rel *src;
+/* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
+ handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
+ This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
+ don't have to keep them in memory. */
- cache_ptr = reloc_cache + idx;
- src = native_relocs + idx;
+static boolean
+elf_link_input_bfd (finfo, input_bfd)
+ struct elf_final_link_info *finfo;
+ bfd *input_bfd;
+{
+ boolean (*relocate_section) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *,
+ bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *,
+ Elf_Internal_Rela *,
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *,
+ asection **));
+ bfd *output_bfd;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
+ Elf_External_Sym *esym;
+ Elf_External_Sym *esymend;
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
+ long *pindex;
+ asection **ppsection;
+ asection *o;
+
+ output_bfd = finfo->output_bfd;
+ relocate_section =
+ get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->elf_backend_relocate_section;
+
+ /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
+ we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
+ contents. */
+ if (elf_elfheader (input_bfd)->e_type == ET_DYN)
+ return true;
- elf_swap_reloc_in (abfd, src, &dst);
+ /* Read the local symbols. */
+ symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
+ if (bfd_seek (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
+ || (bfd_read (finfo->external_syms, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym),
+ symtab_hdr->sh_info, input_bfd)
+ != symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)))
+ return false;
- if (asect->flags & SEC_RELOC)
+ /* Swap in the local symbols and write out the ones which we know
+ are going into the output file. */
+ esym = finfo->external_syms;
+ esymend = esym + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
+ isym = finfo->internal_syms;
+ pindex = finfo->indices;
+ ppsection = finfo->sections;
+ for (; esym < esymend; esym++, isym++, pindex++, ppsection++)
+ {
+ asection *isec;
+ const char *name;
+ bfd_vma oldval;
+
+ elf_swap_symbol_in (input_bfd, esym, isym);
+ *pindex = -1;
+
+ if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
+ isec = &bfd_und_section;
+ else if (isym->st_shndx > 0 && isym->st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE)
{
- /* relocatable, so the offset is off of the section */
- cache_ptr->address = dst.r_offset + asect->vma;
+ isec = section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
+ if (isec == NULL)
+ return false;
}
+ else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
+ isec = &bfd_abs_section;
+ else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
+ isec = &bfd_com_section;
else
{
- /* non-relocatable, so the offset a virtual address */
- cache_ptr->address = dst.r_offset;
- }
- /* ELF_R_SYM(dst.r_info) is the symbol table offset...
- -1 is to skip the dummy symbol table entry */
- cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr = symbols + ELF32_R_SYM (dst.r_info) - 1;
- BFD_ASSERT (dst.r_offset <= data_max);
- if (bfd_seek (abfd, data_off + dst.r_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
- || bfd_read ((PTR) buf, sizeof (buf), 1, abfd) != sizeof (buf))
- {
- bfd_error = system_call_error;
- return false;
+ /* Who knows? */
+ isec = NULL;
}
- cache_ptr->addend = (*abfd->xvec->bfd_getx_signed_32) ((bfd_byte *) buf);
-
- /* Fill in the cache_ptr->howto field from dst.r_type */
- {
- struct elf_backend_data *ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- (*ebd->elf_info_to_howto_rel) (abfd, cache_ptr, &dst);
- }
-#endif
+ *ppsection = isec;
+
+ /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. */
+ if (esym == finfo->external_syms)
+ continue;
+
+ /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
+ one. */
+ if (finfo->info->strip == strip_all)
+ continue;
+
+ /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the section
+ symbol of the corresponding section in the output file. */
+ if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
+ continue;
+
+ /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
+ output this one. If we are generating a relocateable output
+ file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
+ relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
+ needed. */
+ if (finfo->info->discard == discard_all)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Get the name of the symbol. */
+ name = elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link,
+ isym->st_name);
+ if (name == NULL)
+ return false;
+
+ /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
+ if ((finfo->info->strip == strip_some
+ && (bfd_hash_lookup (finfo->info->keep_hash, name, false, false)
+ == NULL))
+ || (finfo->info->discard == discard_l
+ && strncmp (name, finfo->info->lprefix,
+ finfo->info->lprefix_len) == 0))
+ continue;
+
+ /* If we get here, we are going to output this symbol. */
+
+ /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
+ isym->st_shndx = elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd,
+ isec->output_section);
+ if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned short) -1)
+ return false;
+
+ *pindex = output_bfd->symcount;
+
+ /* ELF symbols in relocateable files are section relative, but
+ in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
+ this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
+ BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
+ we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
+ output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
+ these requirements. */
+ oldval = isym->st_value;
+ isym->st_value += isec->output_offset;
+ if (! finfo->info->relocateable)
+ isym->st_value += isec->output_section->vma;
+
+ if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo, name, isym))
+ return false;
+
+ /* Restore the old value for reloc handling. */
+ isym->st_value = oldval;
}
- asect->relocation = reloc_cache;
- return true;
-}
+ /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
+ for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *input_rel_hdr;
-unsigned int
-elf_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, section, relptr, symbols)
- bfd *abfd;
- sec_ptr section;
- arelent **relptr;
- asymbol **symbols;
-{
- arelent *tblptr = section->relocation;
- unsigned int count = 0;
- int use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p;
+ if ((o->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
+ continue;
- /* snarfed from coffcode.h */
- if (use_rela_p)
- elf_slurp_reloca_table (abfd, section, symbols);
- else
- elf_slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols);
+ /* Read the contents of the section. */
+ if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, o, finfo->contents,
+ (file_ptr) 0, o->_raw_size))
+ return false;
- tblptr = section->relocation;
- if (!tblptr)
- return 0;
+ if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
+ {
+ /* Read in the relocs. */
+ input_rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (o)->rel_hdr;
+ if (bfd_seek (input_bfd, input_rel_hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
+ || bfd_read (finfo->external_relocs, 1, input_rel_hdr->sh_size,
+ input_bfd) != input_rel_hdr->sh_size)
+ return false;
+
+ /* Swap in the relocs. For convenience, we always produce
+ an Elf_Internal_Rela array; if the relocs are Rel, we set
+ the addend to 0. */
+ if (input_rel_hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rel))
+ {
+ Elf_External_Rel *erel;
+ Elf_External_Rel *erelend;
+ Elf_Internal_Rela *irela;
+
+ erel = (Elf_External_Rel *) finfo->external_relocs;
+ erelend = erel + o->reloc_count;
+ irela = finfo->internal_relocs;
+ for (; erel < erelend; erel++, irela++)
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Rel irel;
- for (; count++ < section->reloc_count;)
- *relptr++ = tblptr++;
+ elf_swap_reloc_in (input_bfd, erel, &irel);
+ irela->r_offset = irel.r_offset;
+ irela->r_info = irel.r_info;
+ irela->r_addend = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Elf_External_Rela *erela;
+ Elf_External_Rela *erelaend;
+ Elf_Internal_Rela *irela;
+
+ BFD_ASSERT (input_rel_hdr->sh_entsize
+ == sizeof (Elf_External_Rela));
+
+ erela = (Elf_External_Rela *) finfo->external_relocs;
+ erelaend = erela + o->reloc_count;
+ irela = finfo->internal_relocs;
+ for (; erela < erelaend; erela++, irela++)
+ elf_swap_reloca_in (input_bfd, erela, irela);
+ }
- *relptr = 0;
- return section->reloc_count;
-}
+ /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
-unsigned int
-DEFUN (elf_get_symtab, (abfd, alocation),
- bfd * abfd AND
- asymbol ** alocation)
-{
+ The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
+ section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
+ and generating a relocateable output file) adjusting the
+ reloc addend as necessary.
- if (!elf_slurp_symbol_table (abfd, alocation))
- return 0;
- else
- return bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
-}
+ The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
+ the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
-asymbol *
-DEFUN (elf_make_empty_symbol, (abfd),
- bfd * abfd)
-{
- elf_symbol_type *newsym;
+ The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
+ internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
+ for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
- newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (elf_symbol_type));
- if (!newsym)
- {
- bfd_error = no_memory;
- return NULL;
- }
- else
- {
- newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
- return &newsym->symbol;
- }
-}
+ When generating relocateable output, the back end routine
+ must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
+ output symbol is going to be a section symbol
+ corresponding to the output section, which will require
+ the addend to be adjusted. */
-void
-DEFUN (elf_get_symbol_info, (ignore_abfd, symbol, ret),
- bfd * ignore_abfd AND
- asymbol * symbol AND
- symbol_info * ret)
-{
- bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
-}
+ if (! (*relocate_section) (output_bfd, finfo->info,
+ input_bfd, o,
+ finfo->contents,
+ finfo->internal_relocs,
+ finfo->internal_syms,
+ finfo->sections))
+ return false;
-void
-DEFUN (elf_print_symbol, (ignore_abfd, filep, symbol, how),
- bfd * ignore_abfd AND
- PTR filep AND
- asymbol * symbol AND
- bfd_print_symbol_type how)
-{
- FILE *file = (FILE *) filep;
- switch (how)
- {
- case bfd_print_symbol_name:
- fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
- break;
- case bfd_print_symbol_more:
- fprintf (file, "elf ");
- fprintf_vma (file, symbol->value);
- fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags);
- break;
- case bfd_print_symbol_all:
- {
- CONST char *section_name;
- section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
- bfd_print_symbol_vandf ((PTR) file, symbol);
- fprintf (file, " %s\t%s",
- section_name,
- symbol->name);
- }
- break;
- }
+ if (finfo->info->relocateable)
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Rela *irela;
+ Elf_Internal_Rela *irelaend;
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry **rel_hash;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *output_rel_hdr;
+
+ /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
+
+ irela = finfo->internal_relocs;
+ irelaend = irela + o->reloc_count;
+ rel_hash = (elf_section_data (o->output_section)->rel_hashes
+ + o->output_section->reloc_count);
+ for (; irela < irelaend; irela++, rel_hash++)
+ {
+ long r_symndx;
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
+ asection *sec;
+
+ irela->r_offset += o->output_offset;
+
+ r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (irela->r_info);
+
+ if (r_symndx == 0)
+ continue;
+
+ if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
+ {
+ long indx;
+
+ /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
+ have not yet output all the local symbols, so
+ we do not know the symbol index of any global
+ symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
+ reloc to point to the global hash table entry
+ for this symbol. The symbol index is then
+ set at the end of elf_bfd_final_link. */
+ indx = r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
+ *rel_hash = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd)[indx];
+
+ /* Setting the index to -2 tells
+ elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
+ used by a reloc. */
+ BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash)->indx < 0);
+ (*rel_hash)->indx = -2;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
+
+ *rel_hash = NULL;
+ isym = finfo->internal_syms + r_symndx;
+ sec = finfo->sections[r_symndx];
+ if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
+ {
+ /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
+ section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
+ processor specific section. */
+ if (sec == NULL
+ || sec == &bfd_und_section
+ || sec == &bfd_com_section)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+ return false;
+ }
+ else if (sec == &bfd_abs_section)
+ r_symndx = 0;
+ else
+ {
+ r_symndx = sec->output_section->target_index;
+ if (r_symndx == 0)
+ abort ();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (finfo->indices[r_symndx] == -1)
+ {
+ unsigned long link;
+ const char *name;
+ asection *osec;
+
+ if (finfo->info->strip == strip_all)
+ {
+ /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
+ since it is needed by a reloc, we
+ must output it now. */
+ link = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
+ name = elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
+ link,
+ isym->st_name);
+ if (name == NULL)
+ return false;
+
+ osec = sec->output_section;
+ isym->st_shndx =
+ elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd,
+ osec);
+ if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned short) -1)
+ return false;
+
+ isym->st_value += sec->output_offset;
+ if (! finfo->info->relocateable)
+ isym->st_value += osec->vma;
+
+ finfo->indices[r_symndx] = output_bfd->symcount;
+
+ if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo, name, isym))
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ r_symndx = finfo->indices[r_symndx];
+ }
+
+ irela->r_info = ELF_R_INFO (r_symndx,
+ ELF_R_TYPE (irela->r_info));
+ }
-}
+ /* Swap out the relocs. */
+ output_rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (o->output_section)->rel_hdr;
+ BFD_ASSERT (output_rel_hdr->sh_entsize
+ == input_rel_hdr->sh_entsize);
+ irela = finfo->internal_relocs;
+ irelaend = irela + o->reloc_count;
+ if (input_rel_hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rel))
+ {
+ Elf_External_Rel *erel;
+
+ erel = ((Elf_External_Rel *) output_rel_hdr->contents
+ + o->output_section->reloc_count);
+ for (; irela < irelaend; irela++, erel++)
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Rel irel;
+
+ irel.r_offset = irela->r_offset;
+ irel.r_info = irela->r_info;
+ BFD_ASSERT (irela->r_addend == 0);
+ elf_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &irel, erel);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Elf_External_Rela *erela;
+
+ BFD_ASSERT (input_rel_hdr->sh_entsize
+ == sizeof (Elf_External_Rela));
+ erela = ((Elf_External_Rela *) output_rel_hdr->contents
+ + o->output_section->reloc_count);
+ for (; irela < irelaend; irela++, erela++)
+ elf_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, irela, erela);
+ }
-alent *
-DEFUN (elf_get_lineno, (ignore_abfd, symbol),
- bfd * ignore_abfd AND
- asymbol * symbol)
-{
- fprintf (stderr, "elf_get_lineno unimplemented\n");
- fflush (stderr);
- BFD_FAIL ();
- return NULL;
-}
+ o->output_section->reloc_count += o->reloc_count;
+ }
+ }
-boolean
-DEFUN (elf_set_arch_mach, (abfd, arch, machine),
- bfd * abfd AND
- enum bfd_architecture arch AND
- unsigned long machine)
-{
- /* Allow any architecture to be supported by the elf backend */
- switch (arch)
- {
- case bfd_arch_unknown: /* EM_NONE */
- case bfd_arch_sparc: /* EM_SPARC */
- case bfd_arch_i386: /* EM_386 */
- case bfd_arch_m68k: /* EM_68K */
- case bfd_arch_m88k: /* EM_88K */
- case bfd_arch_i860: /* EM_860 */
- case bfd_arch_mips: /* EM_MIPS (MIPS R3000) */
- case bfd_arch_hppa: /* EM_HPPA (HP PA_RISC) */
- return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
- default:
- return false;
+ /* Write out the modified section contents. */
+ if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, o->output_section,
+ finfo->contents, o->output_offset,
+ (o->_cooked_size != 0
+ ? o->_cooked_size
+ : o->_raw_size)))
+ return false;
}
-}
-boolean
-DEFUN (elf_find_nearest_line, (abfd,
- section,
- symbols,
- offset,
- filename_ptr,
- functionname_ptr,
- line_ptr),
- bfd * abfd AND
- asection * section AND
- asymbol ** symbols AND
- bfd_vma offset AND
- CONST char **filename_ptr AND
- CONST char **functionname_ptr AND
- unsigned int *line_ptr)
-{
- fprintf (stderr, "elf_find_nearest_line unimplemented\n");
- fflush (stderr);
- BFD_FAIL ();
- return false;
+ return true;
}
-int
-DEFUN (elf_sizeof_headers, (abfd, reloc),
- bfd * abfd AND
- boolean reloc)
-{
- fprintf (stderr, "elf_sizeof_headers unimplemented\n");
- fflush (stderr);
- BFD_FAIL ();
- return 0;
-}
+/* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
+ requested by the linker, and does come from any input file. This
+ is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
+ with -Ur. */
-boolean
-DEFUN (elf_set_section_contents, (abfd, section, location, offset, count),
- bfd * abfd AND
- sec_ptr section AND
- PTR location AND
- file_ptr offset AND
- bfd_size_type count)
+static boolean
+elf_reloc_link_order (output_bfd, info, output_section, link_order)
+ bfd *output_bfd;
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+ asection *output_section;
+ struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
{
- int dest_sect;
+ const reloc_howto_type *howto;
+ long indx;
+ bfd_vma offset;
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry **rel_hash_ptr;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
+
+ howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd, link_order->u.reloc.p->reloc);
+ if (howto == NULL)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+ return false;
+ }
- if (abfd->output_has_begun == false) /* set by bfd.c handler? */
+ /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
+ object file. */
+ if (howto->partial_inplace
+ && link_order->u.reloc.p->addend != 0)
{
- /* do setup calculations (FIXME) */
- elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd);
- abfd->output_has_begun = true;
+ bfd_size_type size;
+ bfd_reloc_status_type rstat;
+ bfd_byte *buf;
+ boolean ok;
+
+ size = bfd_get_reloc_size (howto);
+ buf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zmalloc (size);
+ if (buf == (bfd_byte *) NULL)
+ {
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+ return false;
+ }
+ rstat = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, output_bfd,
+ link_order->u.reloc.p->addend, buf);
+ switch (rstat)
+ {
+ case bfd_reloc_ok:
+ break;
+ default:
+ case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
+ abort ();
+ case bfd_reloc_overflow:
+ if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
+ (info,
+ (link_order->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order
+ ? bfd_section_name (output_bfd,
+ link_order->u.reloc.p->u.section)
+ : link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name),
+ howto->name, link_order->u.reloc.p->addend,
+ (bfd *) NULL, (asection *) NULL, (bfd_vma) 0)))
+ {
+ free (buf);
+ return false;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ ok = bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, output_section, (PTR) buf,
+ (file_ptr) link_order->offset, size);
+ free (buf);
+ if (! ok)
+ return false;
}
- dest_sect = elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, section);
- if (!dest_sect)
- return false;
+ /* Figure out the symbol index. */
+ rel_hash_ptr = (elf_section_data (output_section)->rel_hashes
+ + output_section->reloc_count);
+ if (link_order->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order)
+ {
+ indx = link_order->u.reloc.p->u.section->target_index;
+ if (indx == 0)
+ abort ();
+ *rel_hash_ptr = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
- if (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_elfsections (abfd)[dest_sect].sh_offset + offset, SEEK_SET) == -1)
- return false;
- if (bfd_write (location, 1, count, abfd) != count)
- return false;
- return true;
-}
+ h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info),
+ link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name,
+ false, false, true);
+ if (h != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
+ this symbol is used by a reloc. */
+ h->indx = -2;
+ *rel_hash_ptr = h;
+ indx = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (! ((*info->callbacks->unattached_reloc)
+ (info, link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name, (bfd *) NULL,
+ (asection *) NULL, (bfd_vma) 0)))
+ return false;
+ indx = 0;
+ }
+ }
-void
-DEFUN (elf_no_info_to_howto, (abfd, cache_ptr, dst),
- bfd * abfd AND
- arelent * cache_ptr AND
- Elf_Internal_Rela * dst)
-{
- fprintf (stderr, "elf RELA relocation support for target machine unimplemented\n");
- fflush (stderr);
- BFD_FAIL ();
-}
+ /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
+ relocateable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
+ file. */
+ offset = link_order->offset;
+ if (! info->relocateable)
+ offset += output_section->vma;
-void
-DEFUN (elf_no_info_to_howto_rel, (abfd, cache_ptr, dst),
- bfd * abfd AND
- arelent * cache_ptr AND
- Elf_Internal_Rel * dst)
-{
- fprintf (stderr, "elf REL relocation support for target machine unimplemented\n");
- fflush (stderr);
- BFD_FAIL ();
-}
+ rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (output_section)->rel_hdr;
-boolean
-DEFUN (elf_get_sect_thunk, (abfd, est),
- bfd * abfd AND
- elf_sect_thunk * est)
-{
- if (est == (elf_sect_thunk *) NULL)
- return false;
+ if (rel_hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Rel irel;
+ Elf_External_Rel *erel;
+
+ irel.r_offset = offset;
+ irel.r_info = ELF_R_INFO (indx, howto->type);
+ erel = ((Elf_External_Rel *) rel_hdr->contents
+ + output_section->reloc_count);
+ elf_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &irel, erel);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Rela irela;
+ Elf_External_Rela *erela;
+
+ irela.r_offset = offset;
+ irela.r_info = ELF_R_INFO (indx, howto->type);
+ irela.r_addend = link_order->u.reloc.p->addend;
+ erela = ((Elf_External_Rela *) rel_hdr->contents
+ + output_section->reloc_count);
+ elf_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &irela, erela);
+ }
- est->i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
- est->i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
- est->shstrtab = elf_shstrtab (abfd);
- est->symtab_section = elf_onesymtab (abfd); /* filled in by elf_fake */
+ ++output_section->reloc_count;
return true;
}